NetSure™ Control Unit (NCU)

NetSure

Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

(Revision F, July 20, 2015)

Specification Number: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model Number: M830B, M830D

Software Version 1.1.40

Model M830B Model M830D

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

This page is intentionally blank.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table of Contents

Admonishments Used in this Document .............................................................................................................. vii

Introduction ......................................................................................................................................................... 1

Preface ................................................................................................................................................................... 1

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................ 1

Function Descriptions ............................................................................................................................................. 2

Rectifier, Solar Converter, and Converter Control ............................................................................................. 2

System Components Monitoring and System Alarms Generation ..................................................................... 2

Operating Data Acquisition and Data Logs ....................................................................................................... 2

Battery Management ....................................................................................................................................... 2

Battery Charge Temperature Compensation ............................................................................................. 3

Battery Equalize Charge and Battery Charge Current Limit ......................................................................... 3

High and Low Battery Temperature Alarms ............................................................................................... 4

Battery Thermal Runaway Management (BTRM) Feature ........................................................................... 4

Battery Discharge Test and Battery Test Logs ............................................................................................ 4

Battery LVD (Low Voltage Disconnect) ...................................................................................................... 5

Battery Capacity Prediction ....................................................................................................................... 5

Battery Block and Battery Midpoint Monitoring ......................................................................................... 5

Enhanced Battery Monitoring with SM-BRC ............................................................................................... 5

Thermal Runaway Detection and Management ......................................................................................... 5

Energy Management ....................................................................................................................................... 6

Energy Optimization Mode ....................................................................................................................... 6

Power Split Feature .......................................................................................................................................... 6

Diesel Management Feature ............................................................................................................................ 8

Supervisory Module (SM Modules) Monitoring ................................................................................................. 8

Hybrid Control Function (Supporting Generator, Solar and Wind Energy Input, and Optimization) .................... 8

General .................................................................................................................................................... 8

Hybrid Operation ..................................................................................................................................... 8

Early Termination of the Discharge Periods ............................................................................................... 9

Operation with Grid Power ....................................................................................................................... 9

Relay Assignment – when in Hybrid Mode ............................................................................................... 10

Fixed Daily .............................................................................................................................................. 10

Capacity Discharge ................................................................................................................................. 10

Maximum Current Limit Function ................................................................................................................... 10

Communications Function ............................................................................................................................. 11

FIAMM SoNick (Sodium Nickel) battery Interface ............................................................................................ 11

Operation ........................................................................................................................................................... 12

Local Indicators ..................................................................................................................................................... 12

Passwords and Privilege Levels .............................................................................................................................. 13

Multiple Languages Supported .............................................................................................................................. 13

Using the Local Keypad and Display ....................................................................................................................... 14

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[i]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Local Menu Navigation Keys and Local Display ................................................................................................ 14

Local Display Menus ....................................................................................................................................... 14

Navigating the Menus ............................................................................................................................. 14

Using the Web Interface ........................................................................................................................................ 15

Overview ....................................................................................................................................................... 15

Multiple Browsers Supported ......................................................................................................................... 15

Web Interface Screens ................................................................................................................................... 15

Procedures .................................................................................................................................................... 15

Setting IPv4 Communications Parameters (if controller not set as DHCP) ................................................. 15

Setting IPv6 Communications Parameters (if controller not set as DHCPv6) ............................................. 15

Setting for DHCP and DHCPv6 ................................................................................................................. 15

Connecting the Controller to your Local Area Network (LAN) ................................................................... 15

Connecting a Local Computer Directly to the Controller .......................................................................... 16

Disabling Proxy Server Settings to Enable a Connection to the Controller over an Intranet

Network (if required) .............................................................................................................................. 17

Internet Security Settings for Loading Files or Downloading Files into the NCU ......................................... 17

Logging into the Controller ..................................................................................................................... 19

Common Tasks Performed via the Local Keypad and/or Web Interface ................................................................... 20

Procedures .................................................................................................................................................... 20

Start Wizard ............................................................................................................................................ 20

Viewing Alarms ....................................................................................................................................... 20

Viewing System Status ............................................................................................................................ 20

Viewing the NCU Controller’s Device Inventory ....................................................................................... 20

Clearing or Resetting Alarms ................................................................................................................... 20

Clearing Logs .......................................................................................................................................... 20

Disabling the Local Keypad Sound ........................................................................................................... 20

Blocking Alarms ...................................................................................................................................... 20

Changing the Date and Time ................................................................................................................... 20

Adding, Deleting, and Modifying Users .................................................................................................... 21

Setting IP Communications Parameters (if controller not set as DHCP or DHCPv6) ................................... 21

Setting for DHCP and DHCPv6 ................................................................................................................. 21

Setting SNMP Parameters ....................................................................................................................... 21

Setting Auto Equalize .............................................................................................................................. 21

Programming the Audible Alarm Feature ................................................................................................. 22

Manually Forcing LVDs ............................................................................................................................ 22

Manually Forcing Relays .......................................................................................................................... 22

Assigning Severity Level to Alarms ........................................................................................................... 22

Assigning Relays to Alarms ...................................................................................................................... 22

Placing the System in Float or Equalize Charge Mode ............................................................................... 22

Viewing/Changing the Float Voltage Setting ........................................................................................... 23

Viewing/Changing the Equalize Voltage Setting ...................................................................................... 23

Setting Battery Parameters ..................................................................................................................... 23

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[ii]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Setting Battery Capacity Parameters ....................................................................................................... 23

Setting Rectifier High Voltage Shutdown ................................................................................................ 23

Setting Solar Converter High Voltage Shutdown ..................................................................................... 23

Setting Rectifier Current Limit ................................................................................................................. 23

Checking the Controller’s Current Limit Point after Adding or Removing a Rectifier, Solar

Converter, or Converter Module ............................................................................................................. 23

Enabling Solar Mode ............................................................................................................................... 24

Setting Over Voltage Alarm 1 .................................................................................................................. 24

Setting Over Voltage Alarm 2 .................................................................................................................. 24

Setting Under Voltage Alarm 1 ............................................................................................................... 24

Setting Under Voltage Alarm 2 ............................................................................................................... 24

Setting Temperature Sensors.................................................................................................................. 24

Setting Battery Charge Temperature Compensation ............................................................................... 25

Setting Battery Thermal Runaway Management (BTRM) Feature ............................................................. 25

Configuring the NCU Identification of Rectifiers and Assigning which Input Feed is Connected to the Rectifiers ...................................................................................................................................... 25

Configuring the NCU Identification of Solar Converters ........................................................................... 26

Configuring the NCU Identification of Converters .................................................................................... 26

Setting Digital Inputs .............................................................................................................................. 26

Setting Battery Block and Battery Midpoint Monitoring (if equipped with an EIB Assembly) ...................... 26

Setting External Shunts (connected to the EIB Assembly) ........................................................................ 26

Setting External Shunts (connected to the SM-DU+ Assembly) ................................................................ 27

Setting the System Current Alarm ........................................................................................................... 27

Using the Relay Test Feature ................................................................................................................... 27

Clearing the Maintenance Alarm ............................................................................................................. 27

Performing a Manual Battery Discharge Test ........................................................................................... 28

Updating the NCU Controller’s Device Inventory ..................................................................................... 28

Backing Up the NCU Configuration ......................................................................................................... 28

Reloading a Backed-Up NCU Configuration ............................................................................................. 29

Upgrading the NCU Using an Application ("All") Package .......................................................................... 29

Restoring Factory Default Configuration ................................................................................................. 29

Rebooting the Controller ........................................................................................................................ 30

Power Split Feature ............................................................................................................................................... 30

Overview ....................................................................................................................................................... 30

How Power Split Works ........................................................................................................................... 30

Operating Modes ................................................................................................................................... 31

Requirements and Conditions ................................................................................................................. 31

Paralleling the Existing and NCU Power Systems ...................................................................................... 31

Programming the NCU Power Split Feature ............................................................................................. 33

Verifying the Operation of the Power Split Feature .................................................................................. 34

FIAMM SoNick (Sodium Nickel) Batteries Interface ................................................................................................. 35

FIAMM Battery Installation and User Instructions ............................................................................................ 35

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[iii]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Required FIAMM Documentation ............................................................................................................ 35

FIAMM Battery SMCMonitor200 Software ............................................................................................... 35

Installation Requirements for NCU Monitoring of FIAMM Battery(s).......................................................... 35

Resolving Alarms ................................................................................................................................................... 37

Local Display Menus ............................................................................................................................................ 72

Overview .............................................................................................................................................................. 72

Menus ................................................................................................................................................................... 72

Factory Default Setpoints ............................................................................................................................... 72

Adjustment Range Restrictions ...................................................................................................................... 72

Main Menu ............................................................................................................................................................ 74

Controller Information Menu (accessed from the Main Menu) ................................................................................ 75

Alarm Menu .......................................................................................................................................................... 76

Settings Menu ....................................................................................................................................................... 77

Start Wizard Sub-Menu (accessed from Settings Menu) ......................................................................................... 82

Input Power Menu ................................................................................................................................................. 83

Module Menu ........................................................................................................................................................ 84

DC Menu ............................................................................................................................................................... 85

Battery Menu ........................................................................................................................................................ 86

Description of Local Display Menus Programmable Parameters ........................................................................... 88

Settings Menu ....................................................................................................................................................... 88

Maintenance Sub-Menu ................................................................................................................................. 88

Energy Saving Sub-Menu ................................................................................................................................ 88

Alarm Settings Sub-Menu ............................................................................................................................... 88

Rect Settings Sub-Menu ................................................................................................................................. 89

Batt Settings Sub-Menu.................................................................................................................................. 89

Basic Settings Sub-Menu ......................................................................................................................... 89

Charge Sub-Menu ................................................................................................................................... 89

Battery Test Sub-Menu ............................................................................................................................ 90

Temp Comp Sub-Menu ........................................................................................................................... 90

Batt1 Settings Sub-Menu ........................................................................................................................ 90

Batt2 Settings Sub-Menu ........................................................................................................................ 90

LVD Settings Sub-Menu .................................................................................................................................. 90

AC Settings Sub-Menu.................................................................................................................................... 91

Sys Settings Sub-Menu ................................................................................................................................... 91

Comm Settings Sub-Menu ............................................................................................................................. 91

Other Settings Sub-Menu ............................................................................................................................... 92

Web Interface Screens ......................................................................................................................................... 95

Overview of Web Function .................................................................................................................................... 95

Homepage ............................................................................................................................................................ 95

System Status Information Area ............................................................................................................................ 97

System Specifications Information Area ................................................................................................................. 97

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[iv]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Controller Specifications Information Area ............................................................................................................ 97

Alarms Area .......................................................................................................................................................... 98

System Status Area ............................................................................................................................................... 99

Power System Tab ......................................................................................................................................... 99

Device Group Status Pages ................................................................................................................... 100

General Status Tab ...................................................................................................................................... 115

Menu Navigation Area ........................................................................................................................................ 116

Settings Menu ............................................................................................................................................. 116

Changing Programmable Parameters in the Settings Menu ................................................................... 118

Quick Settings Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions ................................................................... 118

Equipment Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions ........................................................................ 119

System Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions .............................................................................. 125

Battery Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions .............................................................................. 128

ECO Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions ................................................................................... 130

LVD Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions ................................................................................... 131

Temp Probes Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions ..................................................................... 132

Rectifiers Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions ........................................................................... 133

DC/DC Converters Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions ............................................................. 134

Solar Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions .................................................................................. 135

Battery Test Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions ....................................................................... 136

Time Settings Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions .................................................................... 136

History Log Menu ........................................................................................................................................ 138

Alarm History Log Tab .......................................................................................................................... 138

Battery Test Log Tab ............................................................................................................................. 140

Event Log Tab ....................................................................................................................................... 142

Data History Log Tab ............................................................................................................................ 144

System Log Tab .................................................................................................................................... 146

System Inventory Menu ............................................................................................................................... 148

Advanced Settings Menu ............................................................................................................................. 150

Ethernet Tab ........................................................................................................................................ 150

Users Tab ............................................................................................................................................. 151

SNMP Tab ............................................................................................................................................. 153

Language Tab ....................................................................................................................................... 156

SW Maintenance Tab ............................................................................................................................ 157

Alarms Tab ........................................................................................................................................... 162

DI Alarms Tabs ..................................................................................................................................... 163

Alarm Report Tab ................................................................................................................................. 165

Generator Tab ...................................................................................................................................... 167

Shunt Tab ............................................................................................................................................. 169

Power Split Tab .................................................................................................................................... 170

Monitor Protocol Tab ............................................................................................................................ 172

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[v]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Clear Data Tab ...................................................................................................................................... 174

Accessing the Controller via a Network Management System (NMS).................................................................. 175

General ............................................................................................................................................................... 175

NMS Supported by SNMP Agent .......................................................................................................................... 175

NMS Supported by SNMP v2 ......................................................................................................................... 175

NMS Supported by SNMP v3 ......................................................................................................................... 175

Parameter Setting in SNMP Manager ............................................................................................................ 176

MIB Installation ................................................................................................................................................... 176

Installation ................................................................................................................................................... 176

Contents of the Controller’s MIB ................................................................................................................... 176

Accessing the Controller through an NMS ............................................................................................................ 176

Apply Administrative Privilege ...................................................................................................................... 176

Add NMS through Web Browser ............................................................................................................ 176

ESR Configure ..................................................................................................................................................... 176

Replacement Procedures ................................................................................................................................... 184

NCU Replacement ............................................................................................................................................... 184

NCU Digital Input and Relay Output Connections ............................................................................................... 185

NCU Digital Input Connections ............................................................................................................................ 185

NCU Relay Output Connections ........................................................................................................................... 185

IB2 (Controller Interface Board) and EIB (Controller Extended Interface Board) ..................................................... 185

Specifications .................................................................................................................................................... 186

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[vi]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Admonishments Used in this Document

DANGER! Warns of a hazard the reader will be exposed to that will likely result in death or serious injury if not avoided. (ANSI, OSHA)

Danger

Warning

Caution

WARNING! Warns of a potential hazard the reader may be exposed to that could result in death or serious injury if not avoided. This admonition is not used for situations that pose a risk only to equipment, software, data, or service. (ANSI)

CAUTION! Warns of a potential hazard the reader may be exposed to that could result in minor or moderate injury if not avoided. (ANSI, OSHA) This admonition is not used for situations that pose a risk only to equipment, data, or service, even if such use appears to be permitted in some of the applicable standards. (OSHA)

ALERT! Alerts the reader to an action that must be avoided in order to protect equipment, software, data, or service. (ISO)

Alert

ALERT! Alerts the reader to an action that must be performed in order to prevent equipment damage, software corruption, data loss, or service interruption. (ISO)

Alert

FIRE SAFETY! Informs the reader of fire safety information, reminders, precautions, or policies, or of the locations of fire-fighting and fire-safety equipment. (ISO)

Fire Safety

SAFETY! Informs the reader of general safety information, reminders, precautions, or policies not related to a particular source of hazard or to fire safety. (ISO, ANSI, OSHA)

Safety

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[vii]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

This page is intentionally blank.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[viii]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Introduction

Preface

These instructions describe the complete functionality of the

NetSure™ Control Unit (NCU). Some functionality is dependent on hardware connected to the NCU. Your system may not utilize all the functionality described.

Refer also to the NCU Configuration Drawing (C-drawing) furnished with your system for a list of factory default settings.

Overview

The NCU performs the following functions:

• Rectifier Control, including an Energy Optimization Mode

• Solar Converter and Converter Control

• System Components Monitoring and System Alarms

Generation (including recording alarms in logs)

• Operating Data Acquisition and Data Logs

• Battery Management

• Energy Management via Energy Optimization Mode

• Power Split Feature

• Diesel Management Feature

• Supervisory Module (SM Modules) Monitoring

• Hybrid Control Function (Supporting Generator, Solar and Wind Energy Input, and Optimization).

• Maximum Current Limit Function

• Communications Function

• FIAMM SoNick (Sodium Nickel) Battery Interface

The NCU controls the system automatically via configured parameters.

A User can interface with the NCU locally using the local keypad and display or locally/remotely using the Web Interface.

The NCU can also be accessed via SNMP (v2 and v3).

Figure 1 illustrates the various applications that can be used to

interface with the NCU.

Figure 1. Interfacing with the NCU

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[1]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Function Descriptions

RECTIFIER, SOLAR CONVERTER, AND CONVERTER CONTROL

The NCU controls rectifiers, solar converters, and converters automatically.

NOTE:

Solar Mode has to be enabled for NCU control of solar

converters (see “Enabling Solar Mode” on page 24).

SYSTEM COMPONENTS MONITORING AND SYSTEM ALARMS

GENERATION

• The audible alarm can be silenced by pressing any key on the NCU local interface pad. The audible alarm is also silenced if the fault(s) that triggered the alarm clears.

• An audible alarm cutoff feature can be programmed that silences the audible alarm after a preset programmable time period. The audible alarm can also be disabled.

The available system alarms can also be mapped to alarm relays

(located on controller interface boards) that can be wired to external alarm circuits.

OPERATING DATA ACQUISITION AND DATA LOGS

The NCU monitors the components comprising the system (such as the rectifiers, solar converters, converters, and supervisory modules) and generates alarms if a fault condition occurs. The

NCU also maintains an alarm history log.

The available system alarms are programmed with an Alarm

Severity Level. Each Alarm Severity Level has different visual/audible alarm attributes. Available Alarm Severity Levels

and their attributes are listed in Table 1 .

Table 1. Alarm Severity Levels

Alarm

Severity

Levels

Red

LED

Yellow

LED

Audible

Alarm

Buzzer

Critical

Alarm (CR)

Major

Alarm (MJ)

Minor

Alarm (MN)

No

Alarm (NA)

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

--

--

ON

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

• Alarm Status Setting: Indicates if the alarm is active or not active, and the severity level if active. The available alarm status settings are as follows. o Critical Alarm: The fault endangers the power systems continued function. o Major Alarm: The fault reduces the power systems functionality. o Minor Alarm: Special operating condition. o No Alarm: The alarm is disabled and no alarm is given.

• The alarm indicator turns OFF if the fault(s) that triggered the alarm clears.

The NCU acquires and analyses real time data from the system's components such as the rectifiers, converters, and supervisory modules.

The NCU uses this data to process alarms and also records data in logs. The logs are viewed using the Web Interface and consists of the following. Logs can be saved in the .html (Web page) or .txt

(text) format.

• Alarm History Log: Records 4000 latest alarms. The Web

Interface displays the latest 500 items.

• Battery Test Log: Up to ten (10) battery discharge tests can be recorded.

• Event Log: Records 500 latest events.

• Data History Log: Records 60000 latest history data. The

Web Interface displays the latest 500 items.

• System Log: Records 3000 items in run log. The Web

Interface displays the latest 500 items.

NOTE:

For all logs except the

Battery Test Log

, once maximum number of log entries is reached, new entries overwrite the oldest entries.

BATTERY MANAGEMENT

The NCU provides the following battery management functions.

• Battery Charge Temperature Compensation

• Battery Equalize Charge

• Battery Charge Current Limit

• High and Low Battery Temperature Alarms

• Battery Thermal Runaway Management (BTRM) Feature

(Reduces Voltage during a High Battery Temperature

Condition)

• Battery Discharge Test

• Battery Test Logs (maximum ten [10] tests saved)

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[2]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• Battery LVD (Low Voltage Disconnect)

• Battery Capacity Prediction

• Battery Block and Battery Midpoint Monitoring

• Enhanced Battery Monitoring with SM-BRC

• Thermal Runway Detection and Management

NOTE:

Battery management functions are not available for

NCU configurations that enable NCU capability to receive status information sent from FIAMM SoNick (Sodium Nickel) batteries.

Battery Charge Temperature Compensation

The NCU can be programmed to automatically increase or decrease system output voltage to maintain battery float current as battery temperature decreases or increases, respectively.

Battery life can be extended when an optimum charge voltage to the battery with respect to temperature is maintained.

Temperature is monitored by a sensor mounted on the battery.

See your power system documentation for temperature sensor information. You can also set high and low compensation temperature alarms.

Functional Description (See Figure 2 ):

Battery charge temperature compensation adds a correction term, related to the temperature of the batteries, to the nominal value of the system voltage. The degree of regulation (TempComp Coeff), expressed in mV/°C/battery string, can be set per battery manufacturer recommendations.

To protect batteries and voltage-sensitive loads, compensation is automatically limited to a maximum of two volts (48V systems) or one volt (24 volt systems) above or below the nominal output level

(float setting). Temperature compensation can be set to clamp lower than this by enabling the Temperature Compensation Clamp feature. When enabled, temperature compensation will clamp if the battery temperature reaches either the Temp Comp Max

Voltage setting or the Temp Comp Min Voltage setting.

Temperature compensation is automatically disabled if communication between the controller and all rectifiers is lost, a

DC over or under voltage alarm activates, a low voltage disconnection occurs, manual mode is entered, or the system enters the equalize or test modes.

Battery Equalize Charge and Battery Charge Current Limit

The NCU can increase system output voltage for equalizing the charge on all battery cells of a conventional flooded cell battery, or for recharging the battery following a commercial power failure.

The charging function can be initiated cyclically (scheduled), automatically, or manually.

Refer to the battery manufacturer's instructions for equalize charging instructions.

Functional Description (See Figure 3 ):

• Start of Charging: When the battery charge current exceeds a preset value for three (3) minutes or if the calculated battery capacity has decreased to a preset value (after a commercial AC failure, for example), the charging function of the NCU is activated. A charging signal is sent from the NCU to the rectifiers to increase the voltage up to the battery charging level V equalize

.

• Battery Current Limitation: After a commercial AC failure or when some battery cells are permanently damaged, the current to the batteries can be quite extensive. To avoid overheating or further damages to the battery, the

NCU limits the battery current to a preset level by limiting the charging voltage of the rectifiers. Should the battery current still exceed a higher preset value, an alarm is issued.

• End of Charging: When the charging current drops below a preset value, a defined prolonged charging time is started before the charging is stopped and the voltage of the rectifiers return to the float charging level (V nom

). For safety, there is an equalized charging limit time that stops the charging after a preset time.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[3]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Figure 2.

Temperature Compensated Voltage Control

V

TempComp Coeff setting (mV/°C).

1V Max (24V System)

2V Max (48V System)

1V Max (24V System)

2V Max (48V System)

V high

V nom

Upper voltage level where temperature compensation clamps the voltage. Limited to the TEMP COMP MAX V setting.

Nominal voltage (voltage at nominal temperature).

V low

Lower voltage level where temperature compensation clamps the voltage. Limited to the TEMP COMP MIN V setting.

T nom

T nom

Nominal temperature (no temperature compensation is done at this temperature).

This is the Temp Comp setting.

Figure 3. Voltage Characteristics on Commercial AC Failure and Automatic Equalize Charging

High and Low Battery Temperature Alarms

The NCU can monitor battery temperature via a temperature sensor mounted on a battery cell. Values for high battery temperature and low battery temperature alarms can then be programmed into the NCU.

Battery Thermal Runaway Management (BTRM) Feature

The Battery Thermal Runaway Management (BTRM) feature reduces voltage during a high battery temperature condition.

You can designate a temperature sensor as the BTRM sensor. The

BTRM sensor has High 2 and High 1 BTRM temperature alarm limits. If battery temperature exceeds the “BTRM Temp High 2” setting, system voltage is lowered to the BTRM voltage setting.

This feature can also be disabled.

Battery Discharge Test and Battery Test Logs

The NCU can perform battery discharge tests to check the condition of the battery(s). There are three (3) types of battery discharge tests:

• Battery Test without Constant Current

• Battery Test with Constant Current

• Short Time Test (requires two battery shunts)

A User can manually start a battery discharge test or program the

NCU to automatically start battery discharge tests at scheduled intervals. Twelve (12) Constant Current Tests can be scheduled by the month-day-year. A Short Time Test can be scheduled to be performed every 1-365 days. During a battery discharge test, the

NCU controls the rectifiers output to place the entire load or partial load on the batteries. The NCU monitors the discharge of the

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[4]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA battery and saves the results in a battery test log. The NCU stores ten (10) battery discharge tests.

Functional Description:

For manual battery discharge tests as well as for scheduled battery discharge tests, the following parameters must be set: End Test

Voltage, End Test Time, and End Test Capacity. See Figure 4 .

Figure 4. Battery Test Diagram

Battery LVD (Low Voltage Disconnect)

To prevent serious damage to the batteries during a commercial

AC power failure, the batteries can be disconnected by voltage or time control.

The batteries are reconnected automatically when commercial AC power is restored and a predetermined DC voltage level is reached.

• Voltage Controlled Disconnection: When the set voltage level is reached, the batteries are disconnected.

• Time Controlled Disconnection: After the Mains Failure alarm occurs the batteries will disconnect after the set time has elapsed.

Battery Capacity Prediction

Battery Discharge Test Sequence:

• For a Constant Current Test, the output voltage of the rectifiers is reduced so that the batteries supply the preset Constant Current Test Current to the load.

• If Constant Current is disabled, then the current being delivered by the batteries will be dependent on the load.

• For a Short Time Test, the output voltage of the rectifiers is reduced so that only the batteries power the load. If the batteries fail, the rectifiers power the load.

• The battery test continues until one of the following occurs: a.

The preset End Test Time, see

Figure 4 , expires. The

battery has passed the test. b.

The battery capacity drops below the preset End

Test Capacity. The battery has passed the test. c.

The battery voltage drops below the preset End Test

Voltage (Vend) (see Figure 4 ). The battery has not

passed the test and the test is interrupted. A bad battery alarm is activated.

• A battery test alarm is active during a battery discharge test.

• If the battery has not passed the test, a bad battery alarm is activated.

• After the battery discharge test, the output voltage of the rectifiers increases so that the rectifiers supply the system and charge the batteries.

NOTE:

A procedure for performing a manual battery discharge

test is provided on page 28.

The NCU can predict battery capacity.

Battery Block and Battery Midpoint Monitoring

The NCU can monitor battery blocks (12 V blocks) or midpoint battery voltage of battery strings connected to the EIB (Controller

Extended Interface Board) assembly. An alarm is issued when either battery block voltage or battery midpoint voltage is abnormal.

Enhanced Battery Monitoring with SM-BRC

When connected to an SM-BRC, the NCU provides enhanced battery monitoring.

Thermal Runaway Detection and Management

Functional Description:

The system uses several control mechanisms to avoid thermal runaway.

• During a short high rate discharge, the batteries will normally get hot. The NCU takes this into consideration.

After completion of the discharge duty, the batteries are recharged with a limited current to avoid heating the batteries any further.

The temperature of the batteries can be monitored, and the NCU sets the charge voltage appropriately, as

previously described under “Battery Charge Temperature

Compensation” on page 3.

• In addition to battery temperature compensation, if battery temperature rises above a set temperature limit, the system stops battery charging completely by lowering the output voltage to the “BTRM Voltage” setting. This allows the batteries to cool down. The system also provides alarm notification of this

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[5]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA occurrence. Power supplied to customer equipment is not interrupted.

• The battery LVD circuits can be programmed to open

(disconnect) if a high temperature event occurs (HTD-

High Temperature Disconnect). The contactor(s) open when battery temperature rises above a programmable value and close again when battery temperature falls below another programmable value.

ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Energy Management consists of an Energy Optimization Mode.

Energy Optimization Mode

The NCU provides an Energy Optimization Mode (ECO) function.

Energy Optimization permits an installation to only operate rectifiers as needed to maintain the load and keep batteries in a fully charged condition. As load increases, Energy Optimization turns on additional rectifiers as needed to maintain the load. As load decreases, Energy Optimization places rectifiers in standby to conserve energy usage. Rectifiers which are always operating to maintain any load requirements are cycled through the group of rectifiers controlled by this feature to provide uniform operating times for each rectifier.

Alert

ALERT! The Energy Optimization Mode should NOT be used in systems that operate without batteries.

The following operating conditions apply:

1.

The ECO mode is only enabled upon normal system operation. If any of the following alarms occurs, the system cannot enter or will exit the ECO mode. a.

Current imbalance (only when imbalance current protection is enabled). b.

AC fail. c.

Any one rectifier over temp. d.

Any one rectifier AC fail. e.

Any one rectifier fault. f.

Any one rectifier over voltage. g.

Any one rectifier fan fault. h.

Any one rectifier no response. i.

Any one battery fuse open. j.

Any one LVD disconnect. k.

Battery is in charge or discharge, as defined below:

• Battery current > [battery rated capacity ×

0.005], or battery current > 5A means battery in charge.

• Battery current < [battery rated capacity

× -0.003], or battery current < -2A means battery in discharge. l.

Under voltage. m.

Any one rectifier in power limit. n.

Any one rectifier in current limit mode.

2.

The system load cannot exceed the system energy saving point (default value is 45%). Otherwise the system cannot enter or will exit the ECO mode.

3.

When the rectifier load exceeds its optimal operating point, the system will exit the ECO mode and the controller will recalculate and then turn off any unnecessary rectifiers. After that, the system can enter the ECO mode again.

4.

If the system enters the ECO mode and then exits for five consecutive times within one hour, an abnormal alarm

(ECO Cycle Alarm) will be generated and the system can no longer enter the ECO mode until the ECO Cycle Alarm is cleared manually or retires automatically after 24 hours.

POWER SPLIT FEATURE

The Power Split feature allows you to connect the power system controlled via the NCU to an existing DC power system instead of extending or completely replacing the existing DC power system.

The power system controlled via the NCU functions as “System A” to share load (split output) with the existing system (“System B”) that requires expansion. The NCU does not require communication with the “System B’s” controller.

The Power Split feature provides for the sharing of total load in a controlled manner between the paralleled power systems.

When Power Split is programmed, the NCU adjusts rectifier output voltage per load demands to ensure proper sharing between

“System A” and “System B”. See Figure 5 .

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[6]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Figure 5. Power Split Feature

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[7]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

DIESEL MANAGEMENT FEATURE

The Diesel Management feature is available when an SM-AC supervisory module is connected to the NCU. The Diesel

Management feature consists of a Diesel Test. The Diesel Test can be performed at specific intervals or a User can manually start the

Diesel Test. The NCU records the test results.

SUPERVISORY MODULE (SM MODULES) MONITORING

Various devices (supervisory modules) can be connected to the

NCU to extend its monitoring capabilities.

HYBRID CONTROL FUNCTION (SUPPORTING GENERATOR,

SOLAR AND WIND ENERGY INPUT, AND OPTIMIZATION)

Hybrid Control is designed for use in new installations or as an upgrade of existing sites powered by a diesel generator(s) when grid power is not available. The Hybrid control is also applicable to sites with highly unreliable or frequently unavailable grid power connection. The primary power source is still considered to be the diesel generator(s). Since grid power is always given priority, the primary power source is still considered to be the grid power.

NOTE:

The Hybrid Control function requires a specific configuration. Hybrid Control menus will not normally be displayed unless your NCU has been configured by Emerson for this function. Contact Emerson for a Hybrid Control configuration.

General

Hybrid Control allows the option of selecting one of the following:

Fixed Daily Time based operation or Capacity Discharge based operation.

Fixed Daily Time based operation is intended to be used with a combination of AC powered active cooling (air conditioners) and

DC powered cooling (heat exchangers, etc.). The cycle period is synchronized to the 24hrs day-night cycle. It makes optimum use of the different temperature conditions during the day and the night in order to facilitate Hybrid fuel saving operation.

Capacity Discharge based operation is intended for sites utilizing only DC powered cooling (heat exchangers, etc.). The cycle period is determined by User selectable depth of discharge (DOD) of the batteries per cycle, and associated recharge time. It provides optimum Hybrid fuel saving operation.

Operation from Grid Power is performed with both Fixed Daily

Time and Capacity Discharge modes of operation. Grid power is always given priority when available.

As the two types of control are specific to the hardware configuration of the site, the Fixed Daily Time or Capacity

Discharge is a User selectable option on installation.

Hybrid Operation

Generator Control: A potential free relay contact output from the

NCU interface board controls the start and stop of the diesel generator. The signal will be generated by the NCU and operates according to the Hybrid software mode of operation. The control logic is as follows:

• Energized Output Relay - Generator OFF

• De-energized Output Relay – Generator ON

This is a fail-safe logic to ensure generator operation in all cases where power or control to the relays is lost.

In addition, the type of signal to the Generator can be selected as

N/O (Normally Open) or N/C (Normally Closed) by selecting the relevant output pins of the control relay.

Number of Generator Control Outputs: The NCU Hybrid software can control one or two generators. Each generator control is designated as DG1 or DG2 output. The User can select DG1, or

DG2, or DG1 and DG2. When both are selected they will be alternatively used (two generators operation).

Diesel Fail Alarm: A diesel fail alarm will be generated if the Diesel

Generator ON signal fails to bring the generator to operation and provide the system with AC power. Alarm will be triggered after

60 seconds (default value, settable) from ON signal. If two generator operation is selected, the second Diesel Generator ON signal will be activated simultaneously with the Diesel Fail alarm.

Battery Fuse Trip Alarm: In the event of a Battery Fuse trip condition, an alarm will be generated.

Under Voltage Alarms:

• Under Voltage Alarm 1: If voltage decreases below the

Under Voltage Alarm 1 setting, an alarm is raised.

• Under Voltage Alarm 2: If voltage decreases below the

Under Voltage Alarm 2 setting, the Diesel Generator is started and an alarm is raised.

LVD 1: Normal loads are disconnected.

LVD 2: Priority loads are disconnected.

Charge Voltage: Refer to Figure 6 .

Equalize Charge: The battery will be recharged at the equalize voltage. This is the voltage set in the initial phase of battery

recharge. See Figure 6 .

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[8]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

As the voltage limit is reached, the charge current is gradually reduced – this effect is known as current tail. When the current tail falls below a threshold level, additional equalize charge time is added and then the recharge ends.

The equalize charge current tail threshold is settable from 0.01 to

0.05. Default setting is 0.02 (2A per 100Ah). The additional equalize charge time is settable from 0 hours to 7 hours (settable in minutes from 0 to 720), default setting is 4 hours. The duration of the equalize charge is the time from the start of the recharge to the end of the additional time. (Maximum charge time, determined from the time charge starts, is settable in the range of

5hours to 24 hours).

The end of recharge is determined by a three (3) step approach:

• Step1 - calculated battery capacity exceeds 90%.

Calculation is performed by measurement of battery current and time, in Ah.

• Step 2 - charge current tail threshold is reached.

• Step 3 - additional charge time is completed.

Float Charge: Default float voltage is 54.0V at 20°C with a temperature compensation of 72mV per °C.

If battery temperature exceeds 38°C, the charge voltage is reduced to 51V to reduce gassing and prevent thermal runaway. The same is applicable as well for equalizing charge.

Equalizing Charge Cycle: As the cyclic use does not ensure complete battery recharge after every cycle, an equalizing charge cycle is added. The equalizing cycle will occur up to four times a month, settable for every 7 to 60 days intervals. Start date and time is settable. Equalizing charge time is 20 hours independent of discharge time setting. Equalizing charge is performed at equalize voltage until end of additional equalize time and thereafter at float

voltage for the remaining time. Also see Figure 6 .

Equalize charge independently settable 0-720 min (already set in equalize charge).

Figure 6. Charge Voltage

Early Termination of the Discharge Periods

During discharge, over temperature and under voltage conditions will interrupt the discharge and change the operation to charge with the Diesel Generator ON.

Over Temperature: The diesel generator will start and run for a period before it is stopped again. The run time is User selectable in the range 30 to 120 minutes, default setting is 60 minutes.

Temperature is referenced to cabinet/shelter ambient temperature sensor connected to controller, not battery temperature. Over temperature start can be disabled completely from the Settings menu.

Under Voltage: The under voltage start is triggered by under voltage alarm 2 voltage settings.

The diesel generator will start and run until the normal recharge cycle is due to finish depending on selected mode of operation.

Under Voltage with Fixed Daily Time: If the normal recharge cycle is from 7am until 7pm and under voltage has started the Diesel

Generator at 5:30am, the effective recharge will be from 5:30am until 7pm.

Under Voltage with Capacity Discharge: If this mode is selected, the recharge will terminate.

Operation with Grid Power

Grid power is always used when available. If grid power becomes available during battery discharge, the discharge cycle is terminated and recharge cycle is initiated. If grid power becomes available during diesel generator operation, the diesel generator is switched OFF and operations continue on grid power.

Battery Recharge with Grid Power: Battery recharge with grid power can start from the beginning (when grid power becomes available during battery discharge) or can continue from diesel generator recharge, depending on the timing. In both cases, the

recharge process will follow the recharge profile shown in Figure 6 .

If battery becomes fully recharged and grid power is still present, the operations will continue to be powered from grid and no battery discharge will be initiated for the duration of grid availability. In this case, battery voltage will revert back to Float voltage.

Battery Discharge after Grid Failure: At the point of grid power failure, the battery capacity is unknown as these events occur in random manner. For the purpose of maximizing the use of grid power and in anticipation of grid power becoming available again, the Hybrid operation will continue with battery discharge cycle.

Discharge will continue until:

• The preset discharge time elapses (Fixed Daily Time)

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[9]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• The preset DOD is reached (Capacity Discharge)

In both cases, the discharge can be terminated earlier as described

in “Early Termination of the Discharge Periods” on page 9.

Relay Assignment – when in Hybrid Mode

Relay 1: Generator Alarm.

No Generator Voltage Alarm. No AC supply, 60 sec delay.

Relay 2: Battery Alarms.

Logic alarm generated from: under voltage 1, under voltage 2,

LVD1, LVD2, battery high temp, battery very high temp, overvoltage 1, overvoltage 2, battery temp sensor fail, battery fuse alarms and high load alarm.

Relay 3: Rectifier Alarms.

Logic alarm generated from: multiple rectifier fail, rectifier fail, rectifier fan failure, rectifier HVSD, rectifier AC failure and rectifier not responding.

Relay 4: System Alarms.

Logic alarm generated from: load fuse alarms, high ambient temperature, ambient temp sensor fail; smoke detected, and water detection.

Relay 5: Generator Run at High Temp.

Output to intelligent cooling devices linked to AC supply (DG run).

Relay 6: Intruder Alarm.

Alarm triggered by dry contact door/motion sensor.

Relay 7: Diesel 1 in Operation.

Output to DG1 on site. DG is set on for the duration of the signal.

Relay 8: Diesel 2 in operation.

Output to DG2 on site. DG is set on for the duration of the signal.

Fixed Daily

In this mode of operation, the total duration of a complete cycle is

24hrs. This duration is necessary as the operation is synchronized with day-night temperature pattern. When an extended recharge cycle is required, its termination will still follow the 24hrs schedule.

Cycle Duration: A complete cycle consists of discharge and charge periods during the combined total of 24hrs. The discharge period starts at 7pm. It is then followed by recharge period (Diesel

Generator ON) for the remainder of the 24hrs. The discharge time is User selectable in the range 1hrs to 22hrs, default setting is

12hrs.

Discharge: The discharge start time and duration are settable.

Discharge period starts at 7pm. The discharge time is User selectable in the range 1hours to 22hours, default setting is 12 hours.

Recharge: Recharge period (Diesel Generator ON) follows after discharge for the remainder of the 24hrs. Recharge is performed at equalize voltage until added equalize time elapses and at float voltage for the remaining charge time.

High Load Alarm: In order to identify conditions where the load requirements are exceeding the dimensioning of the Hybrid site, an alarm will be generated. The alarm will be triggered when the maximum capacity per discharge cycle is exceeded. The threshold value will be set as default to 40% of battery capacity. It will require capacity measurement per cycle. The alarm will be set once the high load threshold value is reached and is reset at the beginning of the next discharge period. This alarm will help the

User identify the root cause of the under voltage condition: high demand load, the loss of capacity due to battery aging, or insufficient charge capacity.

Capacity Discharge

The cycle period is determined by User selectable capacity discharge of the batteries and associated recharge times. The cycle repeats continuously. It does not follow a 24hrs pattern.

Capacity Discharge and Recharge: The battery discharge period is determined by the percentage of the nominal battery capacity

[Ah] that will be discharged per cycle.

The depth of discharge [DOD] per cycle is User selectable in the range 20% to 80%. Default setting is 60%. The value is set as battery capacity at the end of each discharge period. Therefore, if a 60% discharge is chosen, the discharge value is set to 40%.

The time to recharge to full battery capacity depends on battery capacity at the start of the charge cycle and the available recharge current.

When the additional charge time has been reached; the generator will be stopped, the recharge cycle will end, and discharge cycle will be initiated.

For practical purposes, the battery capacity at the end of every recharge period is set to 100% as long as Step1, Step 2, and Step 3 have elapsed.

If end of charge is not reached within the set maximum hours, the recharge will be terminated and discharge cycle will be initiated.

MAXIMUM CURRENT LIMIT FUNCTION

The current available from the rectifiers can be limited (in AMPS) from 10% to 121% of combined rectifier capacity. The factory setting is 121% unless otherwise specified. The current available from the solar converters can be limited (in AMPS) from 0% to

121% of combined solar converter capacity. The factory setting is

121% unless otherwise specified. The current available from the converters can be programmed (in AMPS) from 50% to 116% of

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[10]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA combined converter capacity. The factory setting is 116% unless otherwise specified. Refer to the NCU Configuration Drawing (C– drawing) supplied with your system documentation for your system’s settings.

See also “Checking the Controller’s Current Limit Point after

Adding or Removing a Rectifier, Solar Converter, or Converter

Module” on page 23.

COMMUNICATIONS FUNCTION

The NCU is able to communicate with different equipment or,

connect to different equipment for communication. See Figure 7 .

a.

10M/100M Ethernet Port: The NCU can communicate with a supervisory computer or other devices through its

10M/100M Ethernet port. The communication cable shall be a shielded cable. The Ethernet port is located on the front panel of the NCU. This port supports Dynamic

Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) function.

NOTE:

Some systems may have an IB4 board with a second

Ethernet port. The IB4 board is connected to the NCU’s backplane connector (USB) via a factory provided cable. Refer to your system’s documentation for location of the IB4 board

(if furnished).

b.

IB (Interface Board) and EIB (Extended Interface Board):

Some systems may have an IB (Interface Board) and/or

EIB (Extended Interface Board) connected to the NCU.

Combinations of IBs and EIBs can provide up to thirteen

(13) dry relay outputs. Every relay output has a set of NC

(normally close) and NO (normally open) contacts.

The relay outputs can be connected to customer external alarm circuits. Each relay output can be configured to change state when one or more alarm events occur.

The relay outputs can also be connected to customer external equipment, so that the relay output can control or interface with the customer external equipment. c.

IB4 (Interface Board 4): Some systems may have an IB4 board. The IB4 board is a USB to LAN converter for the

NCU, which includes a USB and an Ethernet port. The IB4 board is connected to the NCU’s backplane connector

(USB) via a factory provided cable. Refer to your system’s documentation for location of the IB4 board (if furnished). d.

RS-485 Port: The NCU can communicate with an SM-AC,

SM-Bat, or SMIO through the RS-485 port. The RS-485 port uses the parameters 19200, n, 8, 1. e.

Modbus Protocol: The NCU can communicate with an AC

Meter using the Modbus protocol.

FIAMM SoNick (SODIUM NICKEL) BATTERY INTERFACE

If a special configuration file is furnished, the NCU has capability to receive status information sent from FIAMM SoNick (Sodium

Nickel) batteries.

Figure 7. The Controller Perspective

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[11]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Operation

Local Indicators

Location and Identification: Refer to Figure 8 .

Description: There are three (3) indicators located on the NCU’s front panel. Refer to Table 2 for the function of the indicators.

Figure 8. Local Indicators and Menu Navigation Keys Locations

Table 2.

Local Indicators

Indicator

Status

(Green)

Minor Alarm

(Yellow)

Normal State Fault State

On

Off

Off

On

Major or Critical

Alarm (Red)

Off On

Fault Cause

No input power to the NCU.

The system has one or more active Minor alarms. Alarm conditions are programmable.

The system has one or more active Major or

Critical alarms. Alarm conditions are programmable.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[12]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Passwords and Privilege Levels

Users (for local and Web access to the NCU) are set via the Web Interface.

NOTE:

Anyone can browse the NCU via the local keypad and display. A password is required to change settings. Web access always requires a User name and password to be entered to gain access.

Users are configured with a User Name, password, and privilege level.

User Name: Maximum 8 Characters (0-9, a-z, A-Z, _).

Password: Maximum 13 Characters (0-9, a-z, A-Z, _). Passwords must be at least six (6) characters long.

NOTE:

Once a password is entered, it remains in effect for a preset time period to allow navigating between menus without re-entering the password.

Privilege Level: Refer to Table 3 . A User has access to his/her privilege level menus, plus all menus of the lesser privilege levels.

Table 3.

User Privilege Levels

Privilege Level

Default User Name and Password

Authority

Level A (Browser)

Level B (Operator)

Level C (Engineer) none set none set none set

The User can only read (browse) information in the menus.

The User has access to the system "Control" menus.

The User has access to the system "Settings" menus and can download the configuration package. The User does not have access to update the OS application and modify, add, or delete

Users.

Level D (Administrator) admin, 640275

The User has full access to all menus; including update the OS application and modify, add, and delete Users.

Multiple Languages Supported

Multiple languages are supported in the Local Interface and Web Interface. Refer to “Language Tab” on page 156.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[13]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Using the Local Keypad and Display

LOCAL MENU NAVIGATION KEYS AND LOCAL DISPLAY

Location and Identification: Refer to Figure 8 .

Description: There are four (4) menu navigation keys and a local display located on the NCU’s front panel. Refer to Table 4 for the

function of the menu navigation keys.

NOTE:

When the local display is lit, if no button is pushed for eight (8) minutes, the backlight of the local display extinguishes and the

NCU returns to the Main Menu. Press any key to re-activate the local display.

Table 4.

Local Menu Navigation Keys

Key Symbol Key Name Function

ESC

ENT

Escape

Enter

Press this key to go back to a previous menu or to cancel setting a parameter.

Press this key to go forward to the next menu, to select a parameter to edit, or to validate a parameter setting change.

Up Arrow

Down Arrow

Press the up or down arrow keys to scroll through the menus or to change the value of a parameter.

Press any key to silence an audible alarm.

LOCAL DISPLAY MENUS

Press ESC and ENT together to reset the

NCU, then press ENT to accept or ESC to cancel.

--

Refer to “Local Display Menus” on page 72.

NOTE:

A valid password is required to access menus that allow changing any power system parameter.

Navigating the Menus

To Select a Sub-Menu:

Press the UP and DOWN keys to highlight the desired sub-menu.

Press the ENT key to enter the selected sub-menu.

To Select a User and Enter a Password:

To select a User, use the UP and DOWN keys to move the cursor to the Select User field. Press ENT. Use the UP and DOWN keys to select a User previously programmed into the NCU. Press ENT to select the User. Note that only Users programmed into the NCU are shown.

Users are programmed via the Web Interface.

To enter a password, use the UP and DOWN keys to move the cursor to the Enter Password field. Press ENT. Use the UP and DOWN keys to choose a character. Press ENT to accept and move to the next character. Continue this process until all characters are entered. Press

ENT again to accept the password.

To Change a Parameter:

Press the UP and DOWN keys to move up and down the list of parameters.

Press ENT to select the parameter.

Press the UP and DOWN keys to change the parameter.

Press ENT to make the change. Press ESC to cancel the change.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[14]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Using the Web Interface

NOTE:

The NCU supports a 10/100M Ethernet connection.

OVERVIEW

Via the Web Interface, a User (with proper access level) can:

• View real-time operating information (rectifiers, converters, solar converters, AC, DC, batteries, etc.).

• View and download information recorded in logs.

• Send control commands.

• Set programmable parameters.

• Download and upload configuration package.

• Download firmware to the controller.

MULTIPLE BROWSERS SUPPORTED

Setting IPv6 Communications Parameters (if controller not set as DHCPv6)

The controller’s IPv6 parameters (IPv6 address, IPv6 prefix, and

IPv6 gateway address) must be set to match your company’s network settings. The default settings for these parameters are shown below.

• Link-Local Address: fe80:209:f5ff:fe09:1002/64

• IPv6 Address: 20fa:fffd:fffc:fffb:fffa:fff9:fff8:fff7

• IPv6 Prefix: 0

• IPv6 Gateway: 20fa:1:fffe:ffff:fffe:fffd:ffff:fffe

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Comm Settings / enter parameters.

Web Menu Navigation:

Advance Settings Menu / Ethernet Tab / enter parameters.

Setting for DHCP and DHCPv6

Multiple browsers are supported in the Web Interface. The User can use Internet Explorer, Chrome, Safari, or Firefox.

WEB INTERFACE SCREENS

Refer to “Web Interface Screens” on page 95.

PROCEDURES

Setting IPv4 Communications Parameters (if controller not set as DHCP)

The controller’s IPv4 parameters (IP, subnet mask, and gateway addresses) must be set to match your company’s network settings. The default settings for these parameters are shown below.

• IP Address: 192.168.1.2

• Subnet Mask Address: 255.255.255.0

• Gateway Address: 192.168.1.1

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Comm Settings / enter parameters.

Web Menu Navigation:

Advance Settings Menu / Ethernet Tab / enter parameters.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[15]

The DHCP and DHCPv6 functions allow the controller to acquire an

IP address automatically. This function can only be enabled or disabled via the local display and keypad. If this function is enabled and the acquisition of an IP address fails, an alarm is generated. If the acquisition of an IP address is successful, you need to record the IP address automatically acquired by the controller to access the controller via the Web Interface. This IP address is displayed on the main system info screen (Main Menu / ESC) in the IP Address field or in the local display menu (Main Menu / Settings Icon /

Comm Settings) in the IP Address field below the DHCP setting.

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Comm Settings / DHCP (set to enabled) (can also view acquired IP address).

Main Menu / ESC (to view acquired IP address).

Web Menu Navigation:

None.

Connecting the Controller to your Local Area Network (LAN)

An Ethernet port is located on the front panel of the NCU. This port supports Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) function.

Some systems may have an IB4 board with a second Ethernet port.

Refer to your system’s documentation for location of the IB4 board

(if furnished).

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• If your system does not have an IB4 board, connect the

Local Area Network (LAN) to the NCU’s front panel port.

This port can be assigned an IP address or can be set for

DHCP (see above).

• If your system has an IB4 board, connect the Local Area

Network (LAN) to the IB4 board port. The IB4 board port can be configured as a DHCP client or can be configured with an IP address. If it is a DHCP client, it will get its IP address from a DHCP server on the network.

Connecting a Local Computer Directly to the Controller

An Ethernet port is located on the front panel of the NCU. This port supports Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) function.

Some systems may have an IB4 board with a second Ethernet port.

Refer to your system’s documentation for location of the IB4 board

(if furnished).

Procedure

1.

Before connecting your computer directly to the controller’s Ethernet port, if your system does not have an IB4 board, use the following procedure to record your computer’s network settings (so they can be returned to these values when done) and then change these settings in your computer to match the communications settings programmed in the controller. (If your system has an IB4 board, go to step 2. You do not need to change the settings in your computer.)

NOTE:

Windows 7 operating system is used in this procedure, other operating systems are similar.

a.

Record your computer’s network settings by launching Control Panel in your computer. Navigate through Network and Sharing Center  Local Area

Connection  Properties  Internet Protocol

Version 4 (TCP/IPV4)  Properties. b.

Record whether the "Obtain an IP address automatically" or "Use the following IP address" button is selected. If "Use the following IP address" button is selected, also record the following:

IP Address:

Subnet Mask:

Default Gateway: c.

Record your controller’s network settings by navigating the controller’s local display panel to

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Comm Settings. Record the following controller’s IP parameters. If these

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[16] parameters were not changed, they should be at the default values as shown in the example section below.

IPv4

IP Address:

Subnet Mask:

Default Gateway:

Example:

IP Address: 192.168.1.2

Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0

Default Gateway: 192.168.1.1

IPv6

IPv6 Address:

IPv6 Prefix:

IPv6 Gateway:

Example:

IPv6 Address: 20fa:fffd:fffc:fffb:fffa:fff9:fff8:fff7

IPv6 Prefix: 0

IPv6 Gateway: 20fa:1:fffe:ffff:fffe:fffd:ffff:fffe d.

Change your local computer’s network settings using the information you acquired in the above step, except that the last part of the IP address needs to be replaced with any different number.

IPv4

IP Address:

Subnet Mask:

Default Gateway:

Example:

IP Address: 192.168.1.3

Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0

Default Gateway: 192.168.1.1

IPv6

IPv6 Address:

IPv6 Prefix:

IPv6 Gateway:

Example:

IPv6 Address: 20fa:fffd:fffc:fffb:fffa:fff9:fff8:fff7

IPv6 Prefix: 0

IPv6 Gateway: 20fa:1:fffe:ffff:fffe:fffd:ffff:fffe e.

Select OK

. Note that you may have to reboot your local computer for the settings to take effect. Follow any instruction you see on the screen.

2.

Connect your computer directly to the controller’s

Ethernet port (RJ-45 jack located on the front of the

controller). See Figure 8 .

a.

If your system does not have an IB4 board, the NCU’s front panel port is configured with an IP address.

Default is 192.168.1.2. This is the address you will

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA type into your Web browser to access the NCU’s

Web Interface. You will also have to set the properties on your computer (refer to the previous procedure in step 1). b.

If your system has an IB4 board, refer to the following.

• The NCU’s front panel port will have the following IPv4 Address: 192.168.100.100.

Enter the address 192.168.100.100 in your Web browser to access the NCU’s Web Interface via

IPv4.

• The NCU’s front panel port will have the following IPv6 Address. IPv6 Link-Local Address: fe80::209:f5ff:fe09:1002/64 or IPv6 Address:

20fa:fffd:fffc:fffb:fffa:fff9:fff8:fff7. Enter the

IPv6 Link-Local Address:

[fe80::209:f5ff:fe09:1002/64] or IPv6 Address:

[20fa:fffd:fffc:fffb:fffa:fff9:fff8:fff7].

3.

When finished, disconnect your computer from the NCU and, if necessary, reset your computer network settings as recorded in step 1.

Disabling Proxy Server Settings to Enable a Connection to the

Controller over an Intranet Network (if required)

3.

Click on the LAN Settings... button. The following window opens. In the LAN Settings window, uncheck the Proxy

Server box and click

OK

.

NOTE:

This procedure needs to be performed only when the controller is connected to an Intranet and the User’s computer is set to access the Intranet through a proxy server. Note that if the controller is connected to the Internet and the User’s computer is connected to an Intranet, the User may not be able to disable the proxy server and access the controller.

If the controller’s Ethernet port is connected to your company’s

Intranet Network and your computer is also connected to the

Intranet Network but requires access via a proxy server, you must disable the proxy server settings to access the controller. Follow the procedure below to disable the proxy server settings.

Procedure

NOTE:

Internet Explorer is used in this procedure, other browsers are similar.

1.

Launch “Internet Explorer”.

2.

Select Internet Options from the Tools menu. The

“Internet Options” window opens. In the “Internet

Options” window, select the Connections tab.

Internet Security Settings for Loading Files or Downloading Files into the NCU

Your computer’s security settings may prevent you from loading files or downloading files into the NCU. Refer to the following procedure to set your computer’s security settings to allow for this.

Procedure

NOTE:

Internet Explorer is used in this procedure, other browsers are similar.

1.

Launch “Internet Explorer”.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[17]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

2.

Select Internet Options from the

Tools menu. The

“Internet Options” window opens. In the “Internet

Options” window, select the

General tab.

4.

In the “Internet Options” window, select the Security tab.

3.

Under “Browsing History”, click on the

The following window opens. In the

Settings

button.

Settings

window, choose “

Every time I visit the webpage

” and click OK.

5.

Click on Trusted sites

. With “

Trusted sites

” selected, click

Sites

”. The following window opens. Uncheck the

“Require server verification (https:) for all sites in the zone:” box if https is not being used.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[18]

6.

In the Trusted sites

window, type or copy the NCU URL in the “

Add this website to the zone:

” box.

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

NOTE:

By default, the “User Name” is "admin" and the

“Password” is “640275”. It is recommended to change the default password the first time you login using the default User

Name admin.

NOTE:

Before entering a User Name and password, you can select a local language that the Web Interface menus use from those listed in the top right corner of the login window. See

“Language Tab” on page 156.

7.

Click Add

. The NCU URL is listed in the

Websites

: box.

Click

Close

.

3.

After entering a valid clicking

User Name and Password and

LOGIN , the Web Interface "HOMEPAGE" window

opens. Refer to “Web Interface Screens” on page 95.

You can program a “Forgot Password” feature. Once programmed, if you forgot your password, click Forgot Password in the login screen. A "Find Password" window opens. Enter your

User Name and click Find Password . The controller sends the password to the email address programmed for this User Name.

Logging into the Controller

Procedure

Internet Explorer, version 6 or newer, is supported (IE 8.0 is recommended). Chrome, Safari, and Firefox are also supported.

1.

In your browser, enter http:// and the controller’s IP

address (see also step 2 under “Connecting a Local

Computer Directly to the Controller” on page 16) and

press

ENTER

. If your site requires secure HTTP and you were furnished with an NCU configuration with secure

HTTP, enter https:// and the controller’s IP address and press

ENTER

.

2.

The following Web Interface Login window opens. Enter a valid

User Name and

Password

, then click

LOGIN

.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[19]

• To set up the “Forgot Password” feature, you must have a

User set up with an email address and you must set up the Alarm Reporting SMTP section. To program the User, in the Web Interface, go to Advanced Settings Menu /

Users Tab / select the User / enter a valid email address for this User / repeat for all Users (see “Users Tab” on

page 151). To program the Alarm Reporting SMTP

section, in the Web Interface, go to Advanced Settings

Menu / Alarm Report Tab / SMTP Section / enter at a minimum the following parameters: “Email To” address,

Server IP (IPV4 Server address), Server Port, “Email From” address. If email authentication is required, then the

SMTP Account and SMTP Password needs to be configured as well. (See “Alarm Report Tab” on page

165.)

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Common Tasks Performed via the Local Keypad and/or Web Interface

PROCEDURES

NOTE:

Ensure current configuration is backed up prior to

changing settings (see “Backing Up the NCU Configuration” on page 28). Create new backup files after every successful

update for your records and in case of controller failure.

Refer also to “Local Display Menus” on page 72 and “Web Interface

Screens” on page 95 for menu item descriptions.

NOTE:

If you add or remove hardware from the system (except rectifiers, solar converters, or converters), update the inventory

via the “Auto Config” menu item (see “Updating the NCU

Controller’s Device Inventory” on page 28).

Start Wizard

For initial startup, perform the Start Wizard from the local keypad and display to enter basic programmable parameters in one

session. Refer to “Start Wizard Sub-Menu (accessed from Settings

Menu)” on page 82 and “Start Wizard Now” on page 93.

Viewing Alarms

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Alarm Icon / ENT.

Web Menu Navigation:

Active alarms are listed in the lower right window pane. If the window pane is collapsed, click the "arrow" icon to expand the alarm list.

Viewing System Status

Viewing the NCU Controller’s Device Inventory

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / ESC to view Info Screens / ENT to view Inventory.

Web Menu Navigation:

System Inventory Menu.

Clearing or Resetting Alarms

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Alarm Settings / select alarm to clear or reset.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / navigate the various device tabs to select an alarm to clear.

Clearing Logs

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Web Menu Navigation:

Advance Settings Menu / Clear Data Tab / select log to clear.

Disabling the Local Keypad Sound

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Sys Settings / Keypad Voice.

Web Menu Navigation:

None.

Blocking Alarms

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Input Power Icon / ENT.

Main Menu / Module Icon / ENT.

Main Menu / DC Icon / ENT.

Main Menu / Battery Icon / ENT.

Web Menu Navigation:

System status is displayed in the right window pane of the Home page. Select the Power System tab and use the interactive links to

view the various device group status pages. See “Device Group

Status Pages” starting on page 100.

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Alarm Settings / Alarm Blocked.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / System Tab / Outgoing Alarms Blocked.

Changing the Date and Time

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Sys Settings / Date.

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Sys Settings / Time.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[20]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Date: Use the Up Arrow and Down Arrow to select the date field.

Press ENT. Use Up Arrow and Down Arrow to select the year then press ENT, next use Up Arrow and Down Arrow to select the month then press ENT, and finally use Up Arrow and Down Arrow to select the day then press ENT.

Time: Use the Up Arrow and Down Arrow to select the time field.

Press ENT. Use Up Arrow and Down Arrow to select the hour then press ENT, next use Up Arrow and Down Arrow to select the minute then press ENT, and finally use Up Arrow and Down Arrow to select the second then press ENT.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / Time Settings Tab.

In the Specify Time section, click on "Get Local Time from

Connected PC" and then “Set” to automatically set the date and time. To manually set the date and time, click on “the clock

symbol” and enter the date and time. See Figure 9 . Then select

the “Confirm” button. Then click on “Set” to save the change.

Figure 9.

Manual Date and Time Menu

Setting IP Communications Parameters

(if controller not set as DHCP or DHCPv6)

See also “Setting IPv4 Communications Parameters (if controller not set as DHCP)” on page 15 and “Setting IPv6 Communications

Parameters (if controller not set as DHCPv6)” on page 15.

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Comm Settings / enter parameters.

Web Menu Navigation:

Advance Settings Menu / Ethernet Tab / enter parameters.

Setting for DHCP and DHCPv6

The DHCP and DHCPv6 functions allow the controller to acquire an

IP address automatically. This function can only be enabled or disabled via the local display and keypad. If this function is enabled and the acquisition of an IP address fails, an alarm is generated. If the acquisition of an IP address is successful, you need to record the IP address automatically acquired by the controller to access the controller via the Web Interface. This IP address is displayed on the main system info screen (Main Menu / ESC) in the IP Address field or in the local display menu (Main Menu / Settings Icon /

Comm Settings) in the IP Address field below the DHCP setting.

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Comm Settings / DHCP (set to enabled) (can also view acquired IP address).

Main Menu / ESC (to view acquired IP address).

Web Menu Navigation:

None.

Setting SNMP Parameters

Adding, Deleting, and Modifying Users

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Web Menu Navigation:

Advance Settings Menu / Users Tab.

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Web Menu Navigation:

Advance Settings Menu / SNMP Tab.

Setting Auto Equalize

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Batt Settings / Charge / Auto EQ.

Also enter additional parameters from Web Interface (Settings

Menu / Battery Tab / enter parameters)

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[21]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / Battery Tab / Automatic Equalize (set to Yes) then enter the following parameters.

• Equalize Start Current

• Equalize Start Capacity

• Equalize Stop Current

• Equalize Stop Delay Time

• Maximum Equalize Charge Time

Programming the Audible Alarm Feature

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Alarm Settings / Audible Alarm.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / System Tab / LCD Audible Alarm.

Manually Forcing LVDs

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Maintenance / “Auto/Man” State

(change to Manual). then

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Maintenance / LVD 1 Control or LVD 2

Control (select the other state). then

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Maintenance / LVD 1 Control or LVD 2

Control (select the original state). then

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Maintenance / “Auto/Man” State

(change to Auto).

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / System Tab / “Auto/Manual” State (change to

Manual). then

Settings Menu / LVD Tab / LVD 1 Control or LVD 2 Control (select the other state). then

Settings Menu / LVD Tab / LVD 1 Control or LVD 2 Control (select the original state). then

Settings Menu / System Tab / “Auto/Manual” State (change to

Auto).

Manually Forcing Relays

After completing the following steps, the relay will momentarily toggle to the chosen state. The relay then reverts back to being controlled by the NCU.

NOTE:

This may take a few minutes.

See also “Using the Relay Test Feature” on page 27.

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

WEB Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / System Tab / “Auto/Manual” State (change to

Manual). then

Settings Menu / System Tab / Relay # (select the other state). or

Settings Menu / Equipment Tab / EIB Equipment / EIB 1 / Relay #

(select the other state). then

Settings Menu / System Tab / Power System / “Auto/Manual” State

(change to Auto).

Assigning Severity Level to Alarms

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Web Menu Navigation:

Advance Settings Menu / Alarms Tab and DI Alarms Tab.

Assigning Relays to Alarms

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Web Menu Navigation:

Advance Settings Menu / Alarms Tab and DI Alarms Tab.

Placing the System in Float or Equalize Charge Mode

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Maintenance / “EQ/FLT Control”.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / Battery Tab / “Equalize/Float” Charge Control.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[22]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Viewing/Changing the Float Voltage Setting

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Batt Settings / Charge / Float Voltage.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / Battery Tab / Float Charge Voltage.

Viewing/Changing the Equalize Voltage Setting

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Batt Settings / Charge / EQ Voltage.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / Battery Tab / Equalize Charge Voltage.

Setting Battery Parameters

NOTE:

Some parameters are not available for NCU configurations that enable NCU capability to receive status information sent from FIAMM SoNick (Sodium Nickel) batteries.

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Batt Settings / navigate menus and enter parameters.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / Battery Tab / enter parameters.

Setting Battery Capacity Parameters

NOTE:

After setting the battery capacity, the User should also reset the battery capacity (battery must be fully charged).

(from the Web Interface; Settings Menu / Battery Tab / Reset

Battery Capacity) (from the Local Interface; Settings Menu /

Batt Settings / Basic Settings / Reset Batt Cap).

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Batt Settings / Batt1 Settings or Batt2

Settings / Rated Capacity.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / Battery Tab / Batt1 Rated Capacity and Batt2

Rated Capacity. or

See “Individual Battery Settings Page” on page 114.

Setting Rectifier High Voltage Shutdown

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / Rectifiers Tab / HVSD (set to enabled) then set

HVSD Limit.

Setting Solar Converter High Voltage Shutdown

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / Solar Tab / HVSD Limit.

Setting Rectifier Current Limit

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Rect Settings / Current Limit (set to enabled) then set Curr Limit Pt.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / Rectifiers Tab / Current Limit (set to enabled) then set Current Limit Point.

Checking the Controller’s Current Limit Point after Adding or

Removing a Rectifier, Solar Converter, or Converter Module

If a rectifier, solar converter, or converter module is added; the respective current limit point in amps will automatically increase to maintain the same percentage. For example, if the current limit was set to 100% of combined capacity and a module is added, the new current limit setpoint will be 100% of the combined capacity including the new module.

If a rectifier, solar converter, or converter is removed from the system (and the Rect Comm Fail or Conv Comm Fail alarm is cleared); the respective current limit point will remain unchanged unless the capacity of the remaining rectifiers, solar converters, or converters is not sufficient to maintain this current limit point. If that happens, the current limit point will automatically decrease to the maximum (121% of the remaining rectifiers/solar converters or

116% of the remaining converters).

It is recommended that the current limit point be checked whenever a rectifier, solar converter, or converter module is added to or removed from the power system.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[23]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

When setting total rectifier or total converter current limit, the set point to each unit is the total set point divided by the number of units. For example, if the system contains five rectifiers and the current limit is set to 150 amps then each rectifier has a current limit set point of 30 amps. If one or more rectifiers or converters are removed or fail it will take several seconds for the individual set points to the remaining rectifiers or converters to be reset. In the example given, if one rectifier is removed the current limit set point will drop to 120 amps (30 amps times four remaining rectifiers) until the controller can send updated set points to the remaining rectifiers. This takes a couple communication cycles

(several seconds) after which each rectifier would have a new set point of 37.5 amps for a total of 150 amps. The total current limit of the rectifiers and converters should not be set such that the loss of the redundant rectifiers or converters will cause this temporary set point to drop below the actual maximum expected load. If batteries are used on the rectifier output, the batteries should support the load until the current limit set points can be reestablished due to loss of a rectifier.

Enabling Solar Mode

When solar converters are all installed prior to applying power and starting system, the NCU will NOT communicate with solar converters until SOLAR MODE is enabled. To enable SOLAR MODE, refer to the following procedure.

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings / System Tab / Solar Mode / set to “SOLAR” or “RECT-

SOLAR” or “Disabled”.

If you have both rectifiers and solar converters in the system, you have an option to set Solar Mode to “RECT-SOLAR”. In the Battery

Settings tab you set the “Float Charge Voltage (Solar)” parameter to the desired float setting. The parameter “Float Charge Voltage

(Rect)” setting MUST be set 0.5 V lower than the “Float Charge

Voltage (Solar)” parameter setting for solar converters to operate properly.

Setting Over Voltage Alarm 1

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Other Settings / Over Voltage 1.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / System Tab / Over Voltage 1.

Setting Over Voltage Alarm 2

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Other Settings / Over Voltage 2.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / System Tab / Over Voltage 2.

Setting Under Voltage Alarm 1

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Other Settings / Under Voltage 1.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / System Tab / Under Voltage 1.

Setting Under Voltage Alarm 2

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Other Settings / Under Voltage 2.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / System Tab / Under Voltage 2.

Setting Temperature Sensors

Temperature sensors may be connected to the…

• System Temperature Ports 1, 2, 3 (if available),

• Temp1 and Temp2 ports on an IB2 Interface Board,

• Temp1 and Temp2 ports on an EIB Interface Board, and

• Temp1 through Temp8 ports of up to eight (8) SM-Temp modules.

Each port (sensor) may be set as None, Battery, or Ambient.

A temperature sensor set as an ambient temperature sensor may also be set as the sensor which displays the ambient temperature on the Web Interface’s Homepage.

A temperature sensor set as a battery temperature sensor may also be set as the temperature compensation sensor (in addition, the temperature compensation sensor is the sensor which displays the battery temperature on the Web Interface’s Battery Device

Group Status Page).

A temperature sensor set as a battery temperature sensor may also be set as the BTRM (Battery Thermal Runaway Management) sensor (in addition, the BTRM sensor is the sensor which is used for the High Temperature Disconnect [HTD] Feature.)

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[24]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Procedure

1.

Set each temperature sensor in the system to None,

Battery, or Ambient.

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / Temp Probes Tab.

Also enter values for the temp probe temperature alarms from the Web Interface (Settings Menu / Temp Probes

Tab).

2.

If desired, set a temperature sensor set as an ambient temperature sensor as the sensor which displays the ambient temperature on the Web Interface’s Homepage.

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / System Tab / Ambient Temp Sensor.

Also enter values for the ambient temperature alarms from the Web Interface (Settings Menu / System Tab).

3.

If desired, set a temperature sensor set as a battery temperature sensor as the battery temperature compensation sensor.

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Batt Settings / Temp Comp /

TempComp Sensor.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / Battery Tab / Temp Compensation

Probe.

Also enter values for the compensation temperature alarms from the Web Interface (Settings Menu / Battery

Tab).

4.

If desired, set a temperature sensor set as a battery temperature sensor as the BTRM sensor.

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / Battery Tab / BTRM Temp Sensor.

Also enter values for the BTRM temperature alarms from the Web Interface (Settings Menu / Battery Tab).

Setting Battery Charge Temperature Compensation

The following need to be set for the Battery Charge Temperature

Compensation feature.

See above for selecting the battery temperature compensation temperature sensor (or select maximum, average, or Average

SMBRC) and setting compensation temperature alarms.

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Batt Settings / Temp Comp.

Enter values for the following parameters: TempComp Center,

Temp Comp Coeff, Temp Comp Clamp, Temp Comp Max V, Temp

Comp Min V (note that you have to enable “Temp Comp Clamp” to set the Temp Comp Max V and Min V values).

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / Battery Tab.

Enter values for the following parameters:

Temp Compensation Center, Temp Comp Coefficient (slope),

Temp Comp Voltage Clamp, Temp Comp Max Voltage, and Temp

Comp Min Voltage (note that you have to enable “Temp Comp

Voltage Clamp” to set the Temp Comp Max Voltage and Min

Voltage values).

Setting Battery Thermal Runaway Management (BTRM)

Feature

The following need to be set for the Battery Thermal Runaway

Management (BTRM) feature.

See above for selecting the Battery Thermal Runaway

Management (BTRM) temperature sensor and setting BTRM temperature alarms.

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Web Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / Battery Tab.

Enter values for the following parameters:

“BTRM Action” and “BTRM Voltage”.

Configuring the NCU Identification of Rectifiers and

Assigning which Input Feed is Connected to the Rectifiers

When rectifiers are all installed prior to applying power and starting the system, the order in which the NCU identifies the rectifiers is by serial number (lowest serial number is Rect 1, next lowest is Rect 2, etc.). If you prefer the NCU to identify the

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[25]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA rectifiers by position in the system, perform the following procedure.

Upon power up, the NCU arbitrarily assigns Feed AC1, AC2, or AC3 to each rectifier. This assignment is used to display rectifier AC input feed voltage(s). The User may reassign the feed to each rectifier per your specific installation by following the procedure below.

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Web Menu Navigation:

See “Individual Rectifier Settings Page” on page 103 and set the

Rectifier ID and AC Feed (repeat for every rectifier). then

Settings Menu / Rectifiers Tab / “Confirm Rect ID/Feed”.

Configuring the NCU Identification of Solar Converters

Converter ID (repeat for every converter). then

Settings Menu / “DC/DC” Converters Tab / Confirm Converter ID.

Setting Digital Inputs

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

WEB Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / System Tab / DI[number] Alarm State. or

Advance Settings Menu / DI Alarms Tab

Setting Battery Block and Battery Midpoint Monitoring (if equipped with an EIB Assembly)

When solar converters are all installed prior to applying power and starting the system, the order in which the NCU identifies the solar converters is by serial number (lowest serial number is Solar Conv

1, next lowest is Solar Conv 2, etc.). If you prefer the NCU to identify the solar converters by position in the system, perform the following procedure.

NOTE:

See also “Enabling Solar Mode” on page 24.

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Web Menu Navigation:

See “Individual Solar Converter Settings Page” on page 106 and set

the Solar Converter ID (repeat for every solar converter). then

Settings Menu / Solar Converters Tab / Confirm Solar Converter ID.

Configuring the NCU Identification of Converters

When converters are all installed prior to applying power and starting the system, the order in which the NCU identifies the converters is by serial number (lowest serial number is Conv 1, next lowest is Conv 2, etc.). If you prefer the NCU to identify the converters by position in the system, perform the following procedure.

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Web Menu Navigation:

See “Individual Converter Settings Page” on page 108 and set the

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

WEB Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / Equipment Tab / EIB Equipment / EIB 1 and enter the following parameters.

Parameters

• Voltage Type

• Block In-Use Num

• Block Voltage Diff(12V) or Block Voltage Diff(Mid)

Setting External Shunts (connected to the EIB Assembly)

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

WEB Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / Equipment Tab / EIB Equipment / EIB 1and enter the following parameters.

Parameters

• Shunt # Set As (Not Used, General, Load, Battery) a.

Not Used: Indicates this shunt input is not used. b.

General: Indicates the measurement of the shunt will be displayed and will not be added to Total DC

Load or Total Battery Load. c.

Load: Indicates the measurement of the shunt will be displayed and added to the Total DC Load.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[26]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA d.

Battery: Indicates the measurement of the shunt will be displayed and added to the Total Battery Load and used with Battery Management.

• Shunt # Full Current

• Shunt # Full Voltage

Setting External Shunts (connected to the SM-DU+ Assembly)

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

WEB Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / Equipment Tab / SMDUP Equipment / SMDUP # and enter the following parameters.

Parameters

• Shunt # Current (Rating of Shunt.)

• Shunt # Voltage (Rating of Shunt.)

• Current # Break Value (Device Rating.)

• Current # High Current Limit (% of Current # Breaker

Value.)

• Current # Very High Current Limit (% of Current # Breaker

Value.)

Setting the System Current Alarm

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

WEB Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / System Tab / System Current Alarm (Enter a value

(in AMPS). If load current exceeds this value, a system current alarm is issued.).

Using the Relay Test Feature

energizes. Relay 1 will stay in the alarm state during the rest of the relay tests.

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

WEB Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / System Tab / set the Relay Test Time. then

Settings Menu / System Tab / Relay Test (set to Automatic).

NOTE:

The relay test can be exited at any time by setting the

Relay Test to Disabled.

Manual Test

When placed in Relay Manual Test Mode, all relays on the IB2 board (relays 1-8), EIB board (relays 9-13) (if equipped), and controller (relays 14-17) de-energize (since Fail Safe is enabled relay 1 will be in alarm state, if wired for fail safe). Then you can individually change each relay’s state. The relay changes state for the time period selected. At the end of the test, all relays are returned to their normal state (if no alarms are present). This is the

same procedure as “Manually Forcing Relays” on page 22 except

you do not place the controller in Manual Mode.

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

WEB Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / System Tab / Relay Test (set to Manual). then

Settings Menu / System Tab (individually you can set the state of the relays on the IB2 Board). or

Settings Menu / Equipment Tab / EIB Equipment / EIB 1

(individually you can set the state of the relays on the EIB Board). then

Settings Menu / System Tab / Relay Test (set to Automatic).

Clearing the Maintenance Alarm

NOTE:

The relay test can only be performed when no alarms are present.

Automatic Test

When placed in Relay Automatic Test Mode, all relays on the IB2 board (relays 1-8), EIB board (relays 9-13) (if equipped), and controller (relays 14-17) de-energize (since Fail Safe is enabled relay 1 will be in alarm state, if wired for fail safe), then one-by-one each relay energizes for the time period selected and then de-

A maintenance time can be set which, once expires, issues a maintenance alarm. When the maintenance alarm is issued, perform the routine maintenance and reset the maintenance timer. To reset the maintenance timer and clear the Maintenance

Alarm, clear the Maintenance Run Time.

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[27]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

WEB Menu Navigation:

Settings Menu / System Tab / “Auto/Manual” State (change to

Manual). then

Settings Menu / System Tab / Clear Maintenance Run Time. then

Settings Menu / System Tab / “Auto/Manual” State (change to

Auto).

Performing a Manual Battery Discharge Test

Procedure

1.

Check that the Rated Battery Capacity is set up correctly for each battery.

Local Menu: Main Menu / Settings Icon / Batt Settings /

Battery Test.

Web Menu: Settings Menu / Battery Test

2.

Check that the following Battery Test parameters are set correctly: Test Voltage Level, End Test Voltage, End Test

Time, End Test Capacity, Record Threshold.

Local Menu: Main Menu / Settings Icon / Batt Settings /

Battery Test.

Web Menu: Settings Menu / Battery Test / Battery Test

Control.

3.

Start the battery discharge test.

Local Menu: Main Menu / Settings Icon / Maintenance /

BattTestControl.

Web Menu: Settings Menu / Battery Test / Battery Test

Control.

4.

Wait for the test to end.

5.

View the battery test log and upload it to your computer

as required. See “Battery Test Log Tab” on page 140.

Updating the NCU Controller’s Device Inventory

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Other Settings / Auto Config.

Web Menu Navigation:

Advance Settings Menu / SW Maintenance Tab / Auto Config.

Backing Up the NCU Configuration

There are two steps in backing up the system’s NCU configuration:

• Save the NCU configuration package. This package includes the base configuration and any changes made to alarm severity levels, relay assignments, and signal names.

ALERT! This file is NOT forward compatible.

Alert

• Save a file named "SettingParam.run". This file contains changes made to alarm setpoints and other settings such as float/ equalize voltage, etc. A file named

"SettingParam.run" is automatically created/appended by the controller whenever a User (or the factory at the time of shipment) makes changes to parameter settings via the local display or Web Interface. This file can be saved to your computer so you can restore any custom settings you may have made.

NOTE:

It is strongly recommended that you save a copy of the

SettingParam.run file whenever you customize any parameter settings. Then, if you ever replace the controller or perform a

"Restore Defaults" procedure, you can restore your customized settings by downloading the previously saved

SettingParam.run file back into the controller.

Prior to changing settings, ensure the current configuration package and "SettingParam.run" files are backed up. After making changes, create new backup files.

To aid in file management, you may change the name of the configuration package "app_cfg.tar" to differentiate it from other

"app_cfg.tar" files saved. The new name can use alpha and numeric characters preceding the original "app_cfg.tar" name (the end of the new file name must always be "app_cfg.tar"; for example, an acceptable filename would be "seville4app_cfg.tar").

To aid in file management, you may change the name of the

"SettingParam.run" file to differentiate it from other

"SettingParam.run" files saved. The new name can use alpha and numeric characters preceding the original "SettingParam.run" name (the end of the new file name must always be

"SettingParam.run"; for example, an acceptable filename would be

"seville4SettingParam.run").

Saving the Configuration Package

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Web Menu Navigation:

Advance Settings Menu / SW Maintenance Tab.

See “Upload/Download Procedure” on page 160 to save the

"Configuration Package" to your computer.

Saving the SettingParam.Run File

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[28]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Web Menu Navigation:

Advance Settings Menu / SW Maintenance Tab.

See “Retrieve Setting Param.run Procedure” on page 159 to

retrieve the SettingParam.run file.

Reloading a Backed-Up NCU Configuration

There are two steps in reloading a backed-up NCU configuration.

• One step to reload the saved NCU configuration package.

• One step to reload the saved "SettingParam.run" file.

Reloading the Configuration Package

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Web Menu Navigation:

Advance Settings Menu / SW Maintenance Tab.

See “Upload/Download” on page 160 to download a configuration

package into the controller.

Reloading the SettingParam.Run File

Local Menu Navigation:

None.

Web Menu Navigation:

Advance Settings Menu / SW Maintenance Tab.

See “Upload/Download Procedure” on page 160 to download a

"SettingParam.run" file into the controller.

Upgrading the NCU Using an Application ("All") Package

This procedure is typically used to upgrade your NCU when a new release of firmware is available for you application. The name of the Application "All" Package file must end in .tar or .tar.gz. An

Application “All” package file has both the application (software) and configuration package and is usually supplied for an application upgrade.

A User can copy an Application ("All") Package from your computer to a USB memory device. You can then place the USB memory device into the NCU USB port and then download the file into the

NCU Controller. If upgrading the NCU with a USB drive other than the supplied USB, the following USB drive specifications must be adhered to:

• USB 2.0 or below, less than 16G, formatted fat32 file system.

Local Menu Navigation (To Download an Application ("All")

Package):

1.

Copy the file to a USB memory device. The file must be in the root directory of the USB memory device. The file must be named app_V#.#.##.tar.gz.

NOTE:

#.#.## is the revision number (i.e. 1.1.40, 4.1.40, etc.).

2.

Connect the USB memory device to the USB port on the front of the controller.

3.

Navigate to “Main Menu / Settings Icon / Sys Settings /

Update App / select yes”. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the configuration file located on the memory device located in the controller's USB port is loaded into the controller.

4.

Return to the Main Screen, and then reboot the controller (press ENT and ESC at the same time).

5.

The screen displays "OK to reboot? ESC to cancel! ENT to

OK." Press ENT to reboot.

6.

The controller enters an initialization routine, which takes a few minutes. The routine is complete and the controller is operational when normal system voltage is displayed on the screen.

7.

Remove the memory device.

Web Menu Navigation (To Download an Application ("All")

Package):

Advance Settings Menu / SW Maintenance Tab.

See “Upload/Download Procedure” on page 160 to download an

Application (“All”) Package into the controller.

Restoring Factory Default Configuration

This procedure is typically used to restore any changes made to any settings, relay assignments, alarm severities, or signal names.

This file is not shipped with the system. There are one or two steps required to restore your NCU as shipped.

• One step to restore the factory default configuration

(required only if you made any changes to relay assignments, alarm severities, or signal names).

One step to reload the "SettingParam.run" file (required only if you made any setting changes like float/ equalize voltage or alarm thresholds).

Your system may have been configured for specific options at the factory which creates a

“SettingParam.run” file. Restoring the factory default

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[29]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA configuration returns the system to the settings of the default configuration. These are the settings before specific options may have been configured by the factory. To restore the system to the settings as shipped, after restoring the factory default configuration, you must reload the factory “SettingParam.run” file.

NOTE:

If a system was shipped with factory modified settings, the system may be supplied with a USB memory device that contains a “SettingParam.run” file as shipped. If provided, the

“SettingParam.run” file has a seven-digit UIN (Unique

Identification Number) preceding the “SettingParam.run” filename. The UIN identifies a “SettingParam.run” file for use with a specific system. This file can be used to restore your

system to the configuration as shipped. Refer to “Reloading a

Backed-Up NCU Configuration” on page 29 to reload the

supplied “SettingParam.run” file.

Procedure

Alert

ALERT! When this procedure is performed, the controller’s existing configuration and parameter settings will be lost. The “SettingParam.run” file is deleted. Before restoring the factory default configuration, if you have made changes to any setting save the “SettingParam.run” file or if you have made any name changes, relay assignments, or alarm severities

save the configuration package (see Backing Up the

NCU Configuration on page 28).

AFTER PERFORMING THIS PROCEDURE, RELOAD THE

“SETTINGPARAM.RUN” FILE AND CONFIGURATION PACKAGE, IF

REQUIRED.

Local Menu Navigation:

Main Menu / Settings Icon / Sys Settings / Restore Default.

Web Menu Navigation:

Advance Settings Menu / SW Maintenance Tab.

See “Restore Factory Default Configuration Procedure” on page

158.

Rebooting the Controller

Local Menu Navigation:

At the Main Screen, press ENT and ESC at the same time to reset the NCU Controller.

Web Menu Navigation:

Advance Settings Menu / SW Maintenance Tab / Reboot Controller button.

Power Split Feature

In Power Split applications, the output of the power system controlled by the NCU can be connected in parallel with an existing power system. Each system is controlled independently via its own controller. The NCU power system is referred to as "System A" and the existing power system as “System B”. The Power Split feature controls the NCU power system’s (“System A”) output voltage and rectifiers' current limit so that “System A” shares the load with

“System B”.

Optional Functions: The NCU controller can mimic the equalize and battery test functions of “System B’s” controller. In addition, the NCU controller can mimic the low voltage load disconnect and/or low voltage battery disconnect functions of “System B”.

This is accomplished by supplying digital signals from “System B’s” controller to the NCU. This allows these functions to remain active in “System B”.

OVERVIEW

See also “Power Split Feature” on page 6.

How Power Split Works

There are four User adjustable parameters for Power Split. They are:

• Power Split Current Limit Value: Current limit point for power system designated as “System A” in a "Power Split" configuration.

• Delta Voltage: The offset voltage that the power system designated as “System A” in a "Power Split" configuration is set to. It is suggested to leave this value at the default

(0.5 volts).

• Proportion Coeff: The proportional coefficient that the power system designated as “System A” in a "Power Split" configuration is set to. It is suggested to leave this value at the default (30%).

• Integral Time: The integral time that the power system designated as “System A” in a "Power Split" configuration is set to. It is suggested to leave this value at the default

(60 seconds).

The NCU controller uses these parameters to control the load sharing operation between the two power systems.

Depending on the systems’ configurations, their rectifier capacities, their distribution load capacities, and the Power Split configuration; four operating modes can occur.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[30]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Low Load Operation

When the total load current demand is lower than the Power Split

Current Limit Value, the NCU power system voltage will be increased by the programmed DELTA VOLTAGE setting forcing the

NCU power system to carry the load. Make sure that the output voltage does not exceed the battery float range recommended by the manufacturer. In this operating mode, no current will be delivered by the existing power system.

Normal Load Operation

When the total load current demand reaches the Power Split

Current Limit Value, the NCU power system operates in output current limit and its output voltage will be decreased (up to the

DELTA VOLTAGE setting) in order to regulate the current, allowing the existing power system to deliver the remaining current. Both the NCU power system and the existing power system are now providing current to the load.

High Load Operation

If current demand increases and the existing power system reaches its current limit setting, float voltage will again begin to decrease. When the voltage falls below the float setting minus the

DELTA VOLTAGE setting, the NCU system will come out of current limit and now deliver the additional current necessary to satisfy the load. This operation may occur when the batteries are being recharged, such as after a commercial AC failure.

Over Load Operation

If the load current is greater than the combined current capacities of the NCU system and the existing power system, both power systems will go into current limit. Both systems and the batteries will feed the load. The output voltage will depend on the conditions of the batteries. This operation occurs if the total capacity of the rectifiers is too low in relation to the need for increased current.

Operating Modes

Figure 5 illustrates the four modes of operation described above.

The Normal Load Operation is considered to be the normal mode.

In this mode both the NCU system and the existing parallel power system are both delivering load current. This is main purpose of using Power Split, to avoid putting the burden of delivering the entire load onto one of the two power systems.

Requirements and Conditions

The two DC power systems must be connected in parallel as

described in “Paralleling the Existing and NCU Power Systems” on page 31.

Before paralleling the two systems, the following conditions must be met for proper Power Split function.

NOTE:

The control features of the combined system are limited to those of the original power system.

NOTE:

The same type of batteries with an equal amount of cells and the same charging voltages must be used for both systems.

• The float voltage, equalize voltage, and battery test voltage of the NCU power system must be set to the same levels as that of the existing power system.

• The remote sense, if available and connected, of both the

NCU power system and existing power system must be connected to the same point.

• If batteries are used, they must be of the same type.

• All the functions specific to the existing power system and NCU power system and which depend on the voltage or which act on the voltage must be disabled from the existing power system and NCU power system. This includes the following… a.

any equalization function, b.

any temperature compensation function, c.

any charge control function, d.

any battery discharge test function, and e.

any invalid current alarm.

In lieu of this, if battery charging and battery test functions are implemented in the existing power system, they can remain if signals for starting are connected from the control system of the existing system to the NCU system.

Paralleling the Existing and NCU Power Systems

Important Safety Instructions

General Safety

Danger

DANGER!

YOU MUST FOLLOW APPROVED SAFETY PROCEDURES.

Performing the following procedures may expose you to hazards. These procedures should be performed by qualified technicians familiar with the hazards associated with this type of equipment. These hazards may include shock, energy, and/or burns. To avoid these hazards: a) The tasks should be performed in the order indicated.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[31]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA b) Remove watches, rings, and other metal objects. c) Prior to contacting any uninsulated surface or termination, use a voltmeter to verify that no voltage or the expected voltage is present. Check for voltage with both AC and DC voltmeters prior to making contact. d) Wear eye protection. e) Use certified and well maintained insulated tools.

Use double insulated tools appropriately rated for the work to be performed.

AC Input Voltages

Danger

DANGER! This system operates from AC input voltage capable of producing fatal electrical shock.

DC Output and Battery Voltages

Danger

DANGER! Connecting the NCU power system to an existing power system for “Power Split” mode involves working on live equipment carrying live loads. This system produces DC Power and may have a battery source connected to it. Although the DC voltage is not hazardously high, the rectifiers and/or battery can deliver large amounts of current. Exercise extreme caution not to inadvertently contact or have any tool inadvertently contact an output terminal or battery terminal or exposed wire connected to an output terminal or battery terminal. NEVER allow a metal object, such as a tool, to contact more than one termination or battery terminal at a time, or to simultaneously contact a termination or battery terminal and a grounded object. Even a momentary short circuit can cause sparking, explosion, and injury.

Remove watches, rings, or other jewelry before connecting leads. Cover any live busbars with a canvas sheet to prevent short circuits caused by falling tools or parts.

Preparing the Existing and NCU Power Systems

• Install and turn-up the NCU power system as describe in the installation instructions furnished with the power system.

• Set the float voltage on both the existing and NCU power systems to the same level. Temperature compensation functionality, if used, should be disabled on both power systems.

Paralleling the Systems

• Connect the Battery and Battery Return busbars of the

NCU Power System to the main charge busbars (rectifier side of the shunt) on the parallel power system. Size the cable for the largest current between systems.

Note 1:

The connections between the two power systems should be done with power cables appropriately sized to be capable of carrying the maximum current that can circulate between the two power systems.

Note 2:

If the parallel power system incorporates a main plant shunt, the connections of the cables from the NCU power system to the parallel power system shall be made on the main charge busbars

(rectifier side of the shunt).

Note 3:

To compensate for voltage drop, it is recommended to connect the NCU power system’s remote sense leads (if available) to the same point of sensing as the parallel power system.

Note 4:

There shall be only one battery return reference

(BRR) cable for the two power systems. If the cable is appropriately sized on the parallel power system, keep it as the BRR for both power systems.

If the cable is not appropriately sized on the parallel power system, install a new BRR cable and connect it preferably to the NCU power system since the parallel power system may eventually be phased out.

Note 5:

If battery disconnect units (BDUs) are used on the new or parallel power system, these shall be wired in such a way as to be all triggered simultaneously in order to prevent any overloading of these.

Note 6:

For the size and number of bridge cables between the two power systems, take into consideration the voltage drop, the available connecting points in each system, as well as the fact that these cables are unfused and shall therefore be run on a dedicated cable rack. “C” or “H” taps may be used to make full use of available connecting points.

Note 7:

The legacy system retains the function of its controller and the percent of load on each plant is controlled by the NCU. Alarms may be sent individually from each plant, or combined using an

NCU Interface Board and the programmable relays resident in the controller.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[32]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Note 8:

Add a label on both power systems to indicate that these are operating in the Power Split Mode with each other.

• Optional Function Connections: The following signals from the existing system must be connected to digital inputs of the NCU system interface board for these functions to be active: Equalize Charge in Progress,

Battery Test in Progress, Load LVD Active, and Battery

LVD Active. Otherwise disable these functions.

Programming the NCU Power Split Feature

After an NCU power system has been connected to an existing power system and both systems set for the same float voltage, you will have to configure the Power Split parameters in the NCU.

Procedure

1.

In the Web Interface menus, set the Power Split mode to enabled. Navigate to Settings Menu / System / Power

System / PowerSplit Mode. Set this parameter to

“enabled”.

2.

Reboot the NCU by pressing ESC and ENT at the same time.

3.

Navigate to Settings Menu / System / Power System.

4.

Set the “Power Split Current Limit Value” to a value that will force the NCU system’s rectifiers to operate in current limiting mode.

NOTE:

The Power Split Current Limit Value must be set lower than the total distribution current from the two plants. The default value is 60% of the NCU power system’s rectifier capacity.

5.

Set the “Delta Voltage”. This voltage is by default set to

0.5 V but can be readjusted.

• If the distribution current is lower than 50% of the total capacity of the NCU power system, the “Delta

Voltage” can be adjusted to a lower level than 0.5 V to get a system voltage that is closer to the desired float charging voltage.

• If the voltage drop between the existing system and the NCU system is expected to be >0.5 V, the “Delta

Voltage” can be adjusted to a higher level than 0.5 V to get a correct split function.

• Temperature controlled battery charging cannot be set in the NCU power system in power split mode. If this function is implemented in the existing power system, a limited function within a temperature range of approximately ±15 °C will be achieved if the

Delta Voltage is set to a higher level, maximum 2.00

V.

• If the “Delta Voltage” 0.5 V is considered to be too high, the split function can be tested at various modes of operation to find a lower setting.

Optional Function Setup

Equalize Charge Setup

If the equalize charge function is to be used, equalize charge must be implemented in the existing power system and an equalizing signal from its control unit must be connected to the NCU.

1.

In the Web Interface menus, navigate to Settings Menu /

Battery / Equalize Charge Voltage. Set the “Equalize

Charge Voltage” to the same value as the equalize voltage of the existing power system.

2.

Using the Web Interface menus (see “Power Split Tab” on page 170), select the NCU digital input connected to the

existing systems equalize control circuit.

NOTE:

Equalize charging is controlled by the existing power system via an incoming digital signal. The system will remain at the set equalize charge voltage level as long as this signal is active.

Battery Test Setup

If the battery test function is to be used, battery test must be implemented in the existing power system and a test signal from its control unit must be connected to the NCU.

1.

In the Web Interface menus, navigate to Settings Menu /

Battery Test.

2.

Set the “End Test Voltage” to the same value as the end voltage of the existing power system.

3.

Set the “Test Voltage Level” to the same value as the test voltage of the existing power system.

4.

Using the Web Interface menus (see “Power Split Tab” on page 170), select the NCU digital input connected to the

existing systems battery test control circuit.

NOTE:

Other settings in this menu regarding “Battery Test” are inactive.

NOTE:

Battery test is controlled by the existing power system via an incoming digital signal. The system will remain at battery test as long as this signal is active.

Low Voltage Disconnect Setup

If low voltage disconnect functions are to be used, they must be implemented in the existing power system and signals from its control unit must be connected to the NCU.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[33]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

1.

Using the Web Interface menus (see “Power Split Tab” on page 170), select the NCU digital inputs connected to the

low voltage disconnect control circuits.

Temperature Compensated Battery Charge

There is no possibility to activate the “Temperature Compensated

Battery Charge” function when the NCU power system is configured for “Power Split” mode.

However, the possibility to change the “Delta Voltage” enables the

NCU power system to follow the existing power system that has the functionality to a certain limit.

Example: The “Delta Voltage” in the NCU power system is set to

1.0V. The existing power system is set to compensate 3.0 mV/cell/°C. This means that the NCU power system can follow the temperature compensation of the existing; power system in the range of ±14 °C from the set normal battery temperature (3.0 mV x

24 cells x 14 °C = 1.008 V).

Verifying the Operation of the Power Split Feature

After programming the “Power Split” feature, verify its operation as follows.

1.

In a Power Split application where the NCU power system is taking the entire load and the rectifiers in the existing power system are all in the standby mode, use an external dry load bank of sufficient capacity to increase the load on the NCU power system over the “POWER

SPLIT CURRENT LIMIT” value. a.

Verify that the NCU power system limits the total output of its rectifiers to the current equivalent to this programmed percentage. b.

Verify that the NCU power system lowers its output voltage by the value of the programmed “DELTA

VOLTAGE”. c.

Verify that the rectifiers in the existing power system take the additional load as the load increases pass the “POWER SPLIT CURRENT LIMIT” value. d.

Further increase the load in order to exceed the total capacity of the rectifiers in the existing power system (or shut down some of the rectifiers in the existing power system if the capacity of the external dry load bank is not sufficient). Verify that the NCU power system starts taking the additional load as soon as the total capacity of the rectifiers in the existing power system is exceeded.

2.

In a Power Split application where the NCU power system is taking only part of the load (operating continuously at the current level equivalent to the programmed “POWER

SPLIT CURRENT LIMIT” percentage) and the rectifiers in the existing power system are taking the rest of the load, use an external dry load bank of sufficient capacity to increase the load in order to exceed the total capacity of the rectifiers in the existing power system (or shut down some of the rectifiers in the existing power system if the capacity of the external dry load bank is not sufficient). a.

Verify that the NCU power system starts taking the additional load as soon as the total capacity of the rectifiers in the existing power system is exceeded.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[34]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

FIAMM SoNick (Sodium Nickel) Batteries Interface

If a special configuration file is furnished, the NCU has capability to receive status information sent from FIAMM SoNick (Sodium

Nickel) batteries. Refer to the following for FIAMM SoNick (Sodium

Nickel) battery interface notes.

FIAMM BATTERY INSTALLATION AND USER INSTRUCTIONS

Installation and monitoring instructions of the FIAMM batteries using FIAMM SMCMonitor200. Software is located in the FIAMM

Technical Bulletin, ‘SMC Battery Software Interface’, (Revision 0.0,

Issue Date 3-2014). Contact FIAMM for any questions regarding the SMCMonitor200 operation.

NOTE:

FIAMM SMCMonitor200 software is used exclusively to directly monitor FIAMM batteries via a User’s computer. The monitoring software has no application with the NCU

Controller.

Following software is required for SMCMonitor200 communication for the User’s computer, and is available from FIAMM.

• Virtual Com-Port Driver Installation

• SMCMonitor200 1.5.3 Software Folder, o Containing Folders: Backup, Config, Log, XML o Containing Files: SMC Battery Software

Interface_So-Nick-48TL200.pdf;

SMCMonitor200.exe

Installation Requirements for NCU Monitoring of FIAMM

Battery(s)

The following instructions apply only when FIAMM 48TL200 batteries are used in a NetSure 721 Power System equipped with an NCU FIAMM battery interface configuration.

Notes:

• NCU FIAMM battery configuration cannot be used with, or mixed with, batteries of other manufacturing types.

• A specific FIAMM NCU configuration is required in order for the controller to actively display FIAMM battery monitoring parameters.

Required FIAMM Documentation

The following FIAMM instructional documentation is to be obtained directly from FIAMM.

Note that the following instructions were developed using the

FIAMM documents and corresponding revision level as listed below.

• FIAMM Technical Manual, ‘Installation & Operating

Instructions_48TL200_12-2014’

• FIAMM Technical Bulletin, ‘48TL200 Modbus Protocol’,

(Revision 5, Issue Date 21/05/2012)

• FIAMM User Manual, ‘48TL200 SMC Monitor’, (Revision 0,

Issue Date 27/08/2012)

• FIAMM Technical Bulletin, ‘SMC Battery Software

Interface’, (Revision 0.0, Issue Date 3-2014)

FIAMM Battery SMCMonitor200 Software

The setup installation for monitoring of FIAMM batteries using the

Emerson NCU requires the following procedures.

1.

Install RS485 conductors in parallel between the NetSure

721 and each of the FIAMM batteries.

2.

Change the Modbus address on each of the FIAMM batteries.

3.

Change the BAUD rate on each of the FIAMM battery controllers.

Install RS485 Conductors in Parallel Between the NetSure 721 and Each of the FIAMM Batteries

In order for the NCU to communicate with any FIAMM 48TL200 battery(s), each FIAMM 48TL200 battery must parallel connect its’ respective RS485 (±) polarity terminal, between the NetSure 721

System Interface Circuit Card (P/N 556166) to the corresponding

FIAMM’s Com port.

Refer to the following documents for relative instructions:

• FIAMM Technical Manual, ‘Installation & Operating

Instructions_48TL200_12-2014’. o See: Sections 3.3, Battery Front Panel; Section 3.5

Data Cable Connector

• Emerson, NetSure 721 Installation Manual

(IM582127000).

• Emerson, SD582127000, Schematic Diagram -48V Power

System, (Issue J).

• Emerson, T582127000, Wiring Diagram, Power System,

(Issue AN).

• Emerson, SD556166, Schematic Diagram for Interface,

(Issue AA).

Procedure

1.

Install one (1) 18 AWG conductor per polarity, parallel connecting between respective RS485 polarity terminals, located on the NetSure 721 System Interface Circuit Card

(P/N 556166) and each of the FIAMM batteries.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[35]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Changing FIAMM Batteries ModBus Address

FIAMM automatically assigns each battery with a default Modbus number of ‘02’. In order for the NCU to communicate with multiple FIAMM 48TL200 batteries, each battery must have its respective address changed to one of the Modbus numbers noted below.

• Modbus Number Assignment o Regardless of which battery is chosen for the first

Modbus assignment, assign the first battery with

Modbus #6. o Assign any additional batteries using whole numbers only, up to #13. o Note only a maximum of (8) batteries can be monitored using the NCU.

NOTE:

Remember to STOP the SMC Monitor software communication before upgrading any software changes.

Refer to the following FIAMM documents for relative instructions:

• FIAMM Technical Bulletin, ‘48TL200 Modbus Protocol’,

(Revision 5, Issue Date 21/05/2012), Section “Setting a new MODBUS address”.

• FIAMM User Manual, ‘48TL200 SMC Monitor’, (Revision 0,

Issue Date 27/08/2012), Section “FW Update”.

Procedure

1.

Change the Modbus Address of each of the FIAMM batteries by following instructions listed in the referenced FIAMM Document, ‘48TL200_Modbus

Protocol’, Section ‘Setting a new MODBUS address’.

Changing FIAMM Battery Controllers BAUD Rate

In order for the NCU to communicate with any FIAMM 48TL200 batteries, each FIAMM 48TL200 battery must have its respective

BAUD rate changed to match the NCU controller’s BAUD rate of

9600.

As noted in FIAMM Technical Bulletin, ‘48TL200 Modbus Protocol’,

(Revision 5, Issue Date 21/05/2012), the default BAUD Rate is set in the FIAMM controller at 115.2k.

User is to upload the file, ‘48TL200-Baud-rate-9600.xml', into each

FIAMM battery's separate controller, applying the respective software BAUD Rate adjustment to each 48TL200 battery using the upgrade utility instructions as described in the User Manual referenced below.

After the upload is complete, the User is to toggle the ON/Off switch located on each of the effected batteries, for purpose of applying the BAUD rate software changes to the controller.

Refer to the following FIAMM documents for relative instructions:

• FIAMM Technical Bulletin, ‘48TL200 Modbus Protocol’,

(Revision 5, Issue Date 21/05/2012), Section “Setting a new MODBUS address”.

• FIAMM User Manual, ‘48TL200 SMC Monitor’, (Revision 0,

Issue Date 27/08/2012), Section “FW Update”.

Procedure

1.

Change the BAUD rate on each of the FIAMM batteries by following the same “SMCMonitor200.exe” program instructions as noted for changing Modbus Address, described in the previous procedure, (referring again to the instructions listed in referenced FIAMM Document,

‘48TL200_Modbus Protocol’, Section ‘Setting a new

MODBUS address’). However, for the changing of the

BAUD rate, a different operational ‘.xml’ file is to be used.

• Save the new BAUD rate in a .xml file as shown below, then load the file into each battery using the UTILITY--

>UPGRADE function of the program:

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[36]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Resolving Alarms

Table 5 lists the alarms that are shown in the Web Interface Advance Settings Menu under the Alarms Tab. These are also the possible alarms that display in the alarm screens on the local display and Web Interface. Table 5 also provides guidelines for fixing the condition

that caused the alarm.

NOTE:

These instructions describe the complete functionality of the controller. Some functionality is dependent on hardware connected to the controller. Some alarms listed may not display in your system or may be named differently. Refer to the NCU Configuration

Drawing (C-drawing) furnished with your system.

Refer also to the NCU Configuration Drawing (C-drawing) furnished with your system for the factory default “Alarm Severity Level” settings and “Alarm Relay” mapping to the available alarms.

Table 5. Available Alarms

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Alarm Description Action to Correct

Power System Alarms

(Power System)

Supervision Unit Fail

(SelfDetect Fail)

CAN Communication Failure

(CAN Comm Fail)

Outgoing Alarms Blocked

(Alarm Blocked)

Maintenance Time Limit Alarm

(Mtnc Time Alarm)

Config Error (Backup Config)

(Config Error 1)

Config Error (Default Config)

(Config Error 2)

Imbalance System Current

(Imbalance Curr)

Over Load

(Over Load)

SPD

(SPD)

EStop/EShutdown

(EStop/EShutdown)

System Temp 1 Not Used

(System T1 Not U)

System Temp 2 Not Used

(System T2 Not U)

System Temp 3 Not Used

(System T3 Not U)

Controller self-detection test fails.

CAN bus communications failure.

Alarm relays are forced in the "off" state and alarms are blocked from changing the relay state.

Controller issues a maintenance alarm.

Configuration error 1.

Configuration error 2.

Current sharing imbalance.

Output overload condition.

Surge protection device needs attention.

System in emergency stop or emergency shutdown mode.

Temperature sensor port #1 is not used.

Temperature sensor port #2 is not used.

Temperature sensor port #3 is not used.

Replace the controller.

Check communications cables.

Verify why controller setting was changed before changing back.

Perform routine maintenance and reset maintenance timer.

Reload configuration package.

Check why current sharing is imbalanced.

Check the load.

Check surge protection device.

Check why the system was placed in this mode.

--

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[37]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

IB2 Temp 1 Not Used

(IB2 T1 Not Used)

IB2 Temp 2 Not Used

(IB2 T2 Not Used)

EIB Temp 1 Not Used

(EIB T1 Not Used)

EIB Temp 2 Not Used

(EIB T2 Not Used)

System Temp 1 Sensor Fail

(System T1 Senso)

System Temp 2 Sensor Fail

(System T2 Senso)

System Temp 3 Sensor Fail

(System T3 Senso)

IB2 Temp 1 Sensor Fail

(IB2 T1 Sensor F)

IB2 Temp 2 Sensor Fail

(IB2 T2 Sensor F)

EIB Temp 1 Sensor Fail

(EIB T1 Sensor F)

EIB Temp 2 Sensor Fail

(EIB T2 Sensor F)

DHCP Failure

(DHCP Failure)

PLC Config Error

(PLC Config Err)

485 Communication Failure

(485 Comm Fail)

Minor Summary

(MN Summary)

Major Summary

(MJ Summary)

Critical Summary

(CR Summary)

Rectifier Group Lost

(Rect Group Lost)

Over Voltage 1

(Over Voltage 1)

Over Voltage 2

(Over Voltage 2)

Alarm Description Action to Correct

Temperature sensor port #1 (on IB2 Board) is empty.

Temperature sensor port #2 (on IB2 Board) is empty.

Temperature sensor port #1 (on EIB Board) is empty.

Temperature sensor port #2 (on EIB Board) is empty.

Temperature sensor #1 failure.

--

Temperature sensor #2 failure.

Temperature sensor #3 failure.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to IB2

Board) failure.

Temperature sensor #2 (connected to IB2

Board) failure.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to EIB

Board) failure.

Temperature sensor #2 (connected to EIB

Board) failure.

The DHCP function is enabled, but effective

IP address cannot be acquired.

PLC configuration error.

Replace temperature sensor.

Replace temperature sensor.

Verify DHCP IP address.

Re-enter the PLC logic functions.

485 communications failure.

Minor alarm summary (one or more alarms designated as minor is active).

Major alarm summary (one or more alarms designated as major is active).

Critical alarm summary (one or more alarms designated as critical is active).

A rectifier group cannot be detected by the controller.

Output voltage is higher than the Over

Voltage 1 Alarm threshold.

Output voltage is higher than the Over

Voltage 2 Alarm threshold.

--

Check additional alarms.

Check additional alarms.

Check additional alarms.

Check communications cables.

Check additional alarms.

Check why system voltage is high. Check the alarm setting.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[38]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Under Voltage 2 (24V)

(24V Under Volt2)

Diesel Run Over Temp

(DG Run OverTemp)

DG1 is Running

(DG1 is Running)

DG2 is Running

(DG2 is Running)

Hybrid is High Load

(High Load)

DG1 Failure

(DG1 Failure)

DG2 Failure

(DG2 Failure)

Grid is on

(Grid is on)

Ambient Temp High 1

(Amb Temp High1)

Ambient Temp Low

(Amb Temp Low)

Ambient Temp High 2

(Amb Temp High2)

Ambient Sensor Fail

(AmbSensor Fault)

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Under Voltage 1

(Under Voltage 1)

Under Voltage 2

(Under Voltage 2)

Over Voltage 1 (24V)

(24V Over Volt1)

Over Voltage 2 (24V)

(24V Over Volt2)

Under Voltage 1 (24V)

(24V Under Volt1)

Alarm Description Action to Correct

Output voltage is lower than the Under

Voltage 1 Alarm threshold.

Output voltage is lower than the Under

Voltage 2 Alarm threshold.

Check why system voltage is low. If there is a mains failure, check if some load could be switched off in order to prolong the operating time of the plant. If the system load is too high related to rectifier capacity, install additional rectifiers. If the batteries are being recharged, the alarm will cease by itself when battery voltage has increased to the charging level.

Output voltage is higher than the Over

Voltage 1 Alarm threshold.

Output voltage is higher than the Over

Voltage 2 Alarm threshold.

Check why system voltage is high. Check the alarm setting.

Output voltage is lower than the Under

Voltage 1 Alarm threshold.

Output voltage is lower than the Under

Voltage 2 Alarm threshold.

Check why system voltage is low. If there is a mains failure, check if some load could be switched off in order to prolong the operating time of the plant. If the system load is too high related to rectifier capacity, install additional rectifiers. If the batteries are being recharged, the alarm will cease by itself when battery voltage has increased to the charging level.

Diesel generator run over temperature alarm.

Diesel generator 1 is running.

Diesel generator 2 is running.

Diesel generator high load alarm.

Diesel generator 1 has failed.

Check diesel generator.

--

--

Check load on diesel generator.

Check diesel generator.

Diesel generator 2 has failed.

AC is on grid.

High diesel generator ambient temperature alarm1.

Low diesel generator ambient temperature alarm.

High diesel generator ambient temperature alarm2.

Ambient temperature sensor failure.

Check diesel generator.

--

Check why temperature is high or low.

Replace temperature sensor.

[39]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

DI1 Alarm

(DI1 Alarm)

DI7 Alarm

(DI7 Alarm)

DI8 ESTOP

(DI8 ESTOP)

IB Communication Fail

(IB Comm Fail)

Relay Test

(Relay Test)

Relay 1 Test

(Relay 1 Test)

Relay 8 Test

(Relay 8 Test)

System Temp1 High 2

(System T1 Hi2)

System Temp1 High 1

(System T1 Hi1)

System Temp1 Low

(System T1 Low)

System Temp2 High 2

(System T2 Hi2)

System Temp2 High 1

(System T2 Hi1)

System Temp2 Low

(System T2 Low)

System Temp3 High 2

(System T3 Hi2)

System Temp3 High 1

(System T3 Hi1)

System Temp3 Low

(System 31 Low)

Alarm Description Action to Correct

Digital input #1 alarm is active.

Digital input #7 alarm is active.

Check why alarm is active.

Digital input #8 alarm is active.

NCU Interface Board communications failure.

Relay Test in progress.

Check communications cables.

--

Testing Relay 1 (on IB2 Board).

Testing Relay 8 (on IB2 Board).

Temperature sensor #1 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #1 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #1 sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #2 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #2 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #2 sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #3 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #3 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #3 sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

--

Check why temperature is high or low.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[40]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

IB2 Temp1 High 2

(IB2 T1 Hi2)

IB2 Temp1 High 1

(IB2 T1 Hi1)

IB2 Temp1 Low

(IB2 T1 Low)

IB2 Temp2 High 2

(IB2 T2 Hi2)

IB2 Temp2 High 1

(IB2 T2 Hi1)

IB2 Temp2 Low

(IB2 T2 Low)

EIB Temp1 High 2

(EIB T1 Hi2)

EIB Temp1 High 1

(EIB T1 Hi1)

EIB Temp1 Low

(EIB T1 Low)

EIB Temp2 High 2

(EIB T2 Hi2)

EIB Temp2 High 1

(EIB T2 Hi1)

EIB Temp2 Low

(EIB T2 Low)

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

Alarm Description Action to Correct

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to IB2 board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to IB2 board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to IB2 board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #2 (connected to IB2 board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #2 (connected to IB2 board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #2 (connected to IB2 board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to EIB board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to EIB board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to EIB board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #2 (connected to EIB board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #2 (connected to EIB board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #2 (connected to EIB board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Check why temperature is high or low.

Check why temperature is high or low.

Check why temperature is high or low.

Check why temperature is high or low.

[41]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

SMTemp1 Temp1 High 2

(SMTemp1 T1 Hi2)

SMTemp1 Temp1 High 1

(SMTemp1 T1 Hi1)

SMTemp1 Temp1 Low

(SMTemp1 T1 Low)

SMTemp1 Temp8 High 2

(SMTemp1 T8 Hi2)

SMTemp1 Temp8 High 1

(SMTemp1 T8 Hi1)

SMTemp1 Temp8 Low

(SMTemp1 T8 Low)

SMTemp8 Temp1 High 2

(SMTemp8 T1 Hi2)

SMTemp8 Temp1 High 1

(SMTemp8 T1 Hi1)

SMTemp8 Temp1 Low

(SMTemp8 T1 Low)

Alarm Description Action to Correct

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to SM-

Temp 1 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to SM-

Temp 1 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to SM-

Temp 1 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #8 (connected to SM-

Temp 1 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #8 (connected to SM-

Temp 1 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #8 (connected to SM-

Temp 1 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to SM-

Temp 8 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to SM-

Temp 8 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to SM-

Temp 8 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Check why temperature is high or low.

Check why temperature is high or low.

Check why temperature is high or low.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[42]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

SMTemp8 Temp8 High 2

(SMTemp8 T8 Hi2)

SMTemp8 Temp8 High 1

(SMTemp8 T8 Hi1)

SMTemp8 Temp8 Low

(SMTemp8 T8 Low)

High Load Level 1

(HighLoadLevel1)

High Load Level 2

(HighLoadLevel2)

DI9 Alarm

(DI9 Alarm)

DI12 Alarm

(DI12 Alarm)

Relay 14 Test

(Relay 14 Test)

Relay 17 Test

(Relay 17 Test)

Over Maximum Power Alarm

(Over Max Pw Alm)

SMS Modem Fail

(SMS Modem Fail)

Manual State

(Manual State)

SNMP Config Error

System Current Alarm

(System Current Alarm)

Rectifier Group Alarms

(Rect Group)

Multiple Rectifiers Fail

(Multi-Rect Fail)

Rectifier Lost

(Rectifier Lost)

ECO Active

(ECO Active)

All Rectifiers Comm Fail

(AllRectCommFail)

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

Alarm Description Action to Correct

Temperature sensor #8 (connected to SM-

Temp 8 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #8 (connected to SM-

Temp 8 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #8 (connected to SM-

Temp 8 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Load current above high level 1.

Load current above high level 2.

Digital input #9 alarm is active.

Digital input #12 alarm is active.

Testing Relay 14.

Testing Relay 17.

Over maximum power alarm active.

SMS modem has failed.

NCU in manual state.

SNMP configuration error.

System current alarm active.

Check why temperature is high or low.

Check why load current is high.

Check why alarm is active.

--

Check why over maximum power alarm is active.

Check why SMS modem failed.

--

--

Check why system current alarm is active.

More than one rectifier has failed.

A rectifier cannot be detected by the controller.

Rectifier Energy Optimization Mode is enabled.

No response from all rectifiers.

[43]

Check input voltage to rectifiers. Replace rectifiers.

Reset the Rectifier Lost alarm. Replace defective rectifier.

Check why system was placed into this mode.

Check the connectors and cables or the CAN loop. Replace the controller.

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

ECO Cycle Alarm

(ECO Cycle Alarm)

Rectifier Alarms

(Rectifier)

AC Input Fail

(AC Fail)

Rect Temperature High

(Rect Temp High)

Rectifier Fail

(Rect Fail)

HVSD

(HVSD)

Rectifier Protected

(Rect Protected)

Fan Fail

(Fan Fail)

Current Limit

(Current Limit)

Rectifier Communication Fail

(Rect Comm Fail)

Derated

(Derated)

Current Share Alarm

(Curr Share Alm)

AC Under Voltage Protection

(Low AC Protect)

Battery Group Alarms

(Battery Group)

Short Battery Test Running

(ShortBatTestRun)

Equalize for Test

(EQ for Test)

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

Alarm Description Action to Correct

If Energy Optimization Mode is enabled and the controller oscillates in and out of Energy

Optimization more than 5 times, this alarm is generated.

Check for other alarms.

Reset this alarm.

No AC input power to a rectifier. Check why no AC input power available.

A rectifier has a high temperature condition. Check why temperature is high.

A rectifier has a fault condition.

A rectifier has an overvoltage condition.

A rectifier is in protected mode.

Refer to Rectifier User Manual for troubleshooting information.

A rectifier’s fan has failed.

A rectifier is in current limit.

A rectifier has lost communications with the controller.

Replace fan.

Rectifier overload. The load is higher than rectifier capacity. If the batteries are being recharged, the alarm will cease by itself when the battery voltage has increased to the charging level. If the system load is higher than the rectifier capacity, the batteries will discharge. If this is the reason, install additional rectifiers. If one or more of the rectifiers are defective, replace the faulty rectifiers.

Check communications cables. Reset the

Communication Fail alarm. Replace the rectifier.

A rectifier is in output power derating mode.

A rectifier has a current sharing alarm.

A rectifier is in under voltage protection mode.

Refer to Rectifier User Manual for troubleshooting information.

Battery is in short time test mode.

Battery is in equalize charge test mode.

[44]

--

--

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Manual Test

(Manual Test)

Planned Test

(Planned Test)

AC Fail Test

(AC Fail Test)

Manual Equalize

(Manual EQ)

Automatic Equalize

(Auto EQ)

Cyclic Equalize

(Cyclic EQ)

Power Split Equalize

(PSplit EQ)

Power Split Battery Test

(PSplit Bat Test)

Discharge Current Imbalance

(Dsch Curr Imb)

Abnormal Battery Current

(Abnl Batt Curr)

Temperature Compensation Active

(TempComp Active)

Battery Current Limit Active

(Batt Curr Limit)

Bad Battery

(Bad Battery)

Alarm Description Action to Correct

Battery is in manual battery discharge test mode.

Battery is in planned battery test mode.

AC power has been switched off to the rectifiers to perform a battery discharge test.

Battery is in manual equalize charging mode.

Battery is in automatic equalize charging mode.

--

--

--

--

--

Battery is in cyclic equalize charging mode. --

In Power Split mode, “System A” starts equalize charging with the “System B”.

In Power Split mode, “System A” starts the test with the “System B”.

Battery distribution current imbalance alarm.

The equalize charging current exceeds the alarm setting.

Battery charge temperature compensation is active.

--

--

The currents from two groups of batteries are not equal. Check the batteries.

Check the alarm setting.

--

Battery is in current limit. --

Battery test fails.

Battery Discharge

(Battery Disch)

Battery is discharging.

Battery test fails.

Check the batteries.

A battery test is active (the discharge test will stop automatically). There is a mains failure (check that it is not caused by open

AC input circuit breaker). The system load is higher than rectifier capacity, causing the batteries to discharge (install additional rectifiers).

Check the batteries.

Battery Test Fail

(BatteryTestFail)

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[45]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Comp Temp High2

(Comp Temp High2)

Comp Temp High1

(Comp Temp High1)

Comp Temp Low

(Comp Temp Low)

Compensation Sensor Fault

(CompTempFail)

System Temp1 High 2

(System T1 Hi2)

System Temp1 High 1

(System T1 Hi1)

System Temp1 Low

(System T1 Low)

System Temp2 High 2

(System T2 Hi2)

System Temp2 High 1

(System T2 Hi1)

System Temp2 Low

(System T2 Low)

System Temp3 High 2

(System T3 Hi2)

System Temp3 High 1

(System T3 Hi1)

System Temp3 Low

(System T3 Low)

Alarm Description Action to Correct

Compensation temperature sensor sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Compensation temperature sensor sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Compensation temperature sensor sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Temperature Compensation temperature sensor failure.

Temperature sensor #1 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #1 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #1 sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #2 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #2 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #2 sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #3 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #3 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #3 sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Check why temperature is high or low.

Replace temperature sensor.

Check why temperature is high or low.

Check why temperature is high or low.

Check why temperature is high or low.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[46]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

IB2 Temp1 High 2

(IB2 T1 Hi2)

IB2 Temp1 High 1

(IB2 T1 Hi1)

IB2 Temp1 Low

(IB2 T1 Low)

IB2 Temp2 High 2

(IB2 T2 Hi2)

IB2 Temp2 High 1

(IB2 T2 Hi1)

IB2 Temp2 Low

(IB2 T2 Low)

EIB Temp1 High 2

(EIB T1 Hi2)

EIB Temp1 High 1

(EIB T1 Hi1)

EIB Temp1 Low

(EIB T1 Low)

EIB Temp2 High 2

(EIB T2 Hi2)

EIB Temp2 High 1

(EIB T2 Hi1)

EIB Temp2 Low

(EIB T2 Low)

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

Alarm Description Action to Correct

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to IB2 board and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to IB2 board and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to IB2 board and set as Battery) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #2 (connected to IB2 board and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #2 (connected to IB2 board and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #2 (connected to IB2 board and set as Battery) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to EIB board and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to EIB board and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to EIB board and set as Battery) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #2 (connected to EIB board and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #2 (connected to EIB board and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #2 (connected to EIB board and set as Battery) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Check why temperature is high or low.

Check why temperature is high or low.

Check why temperature is high or low.

Check why temperature is high or low.

[47]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

SMTemp1 Temp1 High 2

(SMTemp1 T1 Hi2)

SMTemp1 Temp1 High 1

(SMTemp1 T1 Hi1)

SMTemp1 Temp1 Low

(SMTemp1 T1 Low)

SMTemp1 Temp8 High 2

(SMTemp1 T8 Hi2)

SMTemp1 Temp8 High 1

(SMTemp1 T8 Hi1)

SMTemp1 Temp8 Low

(SMTemp1 T8 Low)

SMTemp8 Temp1 High 2

(SMTemp8 T1 Hi2)

SMTemp8 Temp1 High 1

(SMTemp8 T1 Hi1)

SMTemp8 Temp1 Low

(SMTemp8 T1 Low)

Alarm Description Action to Correct

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to SM-

Temp 1 and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to SM-

Temp 1 and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to SM-

Temp 1 and set as Battery) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #8 (connected to SM-

Temp 1 and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #8 (connected to SM-

Temp 1 and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #8 (connected to SM-

Temp 1 and set as Battery) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to SM-

Temp 8 and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to SM-

Temp 8 and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #1 (connected to SM-

Temp 8 and set as Battery) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Check why temperature is high or low.

Check why temperature is high or low.

Check why temperature is high or low.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[48]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Alarm Description

SMTemp8 Temp8 High 2

(SMTemp8 T8 Hi2)

SMTemp8 Temp8 High 1

(SMTemp8 T8 Hi1)

SMTemp8 Temp8 Low

(SMTemp8 T8 Low)

BTRM Temp High 2

(BTRM Temp High2)

BTRM Temp High 1

(BTRM Temp High1)

Temperature sensor #8 (connected to SM-

Temp 8 and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.

Temperature sensor #8 (connected to SM-

Temp 8 and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.

Temperature sensor #8 (connected to SM-

Temp 8 and set as Battery) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Battery temperature (monitored by the sensor set as BTRM) is higher than the

BTRM Temperature Alarm 2 threshold.

Battery temperature (monitored by the sensor set as BTRM) is higher than the

BTRM Temperature Alarm 1 threshold.

BTRM Sensor Fail

(BTRM Sensor Fail)

Inventory Update In Process

(InventUpdating)

ABCL is active

(ABCL Active)

Battery Charge Prohibited Alarm

Battery Alarms

(Battery)

BTRM temperature sensor failure.

Li-Ion Battery inventory being updated.

Active Battery Charge Current Limit is active.

A battery charge prohibited alarm is active.

Battery Current Limit Exceeded

(Ov Batt Cur Lmt)

Battery Over Current

(Batt Over Curr)

Low Battery Capacity

(Low Batt Cap)

Battery current limit point is exceeded.

Battery is in over current.

Battery has low capacity.

SMDU Battery Alarms (SM-DU Module must be present in system)

(SMDU Battery)

Exceed Current Limit

(Exceed Curr Lmt)

Over Battery Current

(Over Current)

Low Capacity

(Low Capacity)

Battery current limit point is exceeded.

Battery is in over current.

Battery has low capacity.

Action to Correct

Check why temperature is high or low.

Check why temperature is high or low.

Replace temperature sensor.

Check the batteries.

Check the batteries.

--

--

See why alarm is active.

--

--

--

--

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[49]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Alarm Description Action to Correct

EIB (Extended Interface Board) Battery Alarms (EIB Board must be present in system)

(EIB Battery)

Battery Current Limit Exceeded

(Ov Bat Curr Lmt)

Battery Over Current

(Bat Over Curr)

Battery Low Capacity

(Low Batt Cap)

Battery current limit point is exceeded.

Battery is in over current.

Battery has low capacity. Check the batteries.

--

--

SM Battery Alarms (SM-BAT Module must be present in system)

(SM Battery)

Current Limit Exceeded

(Exceed Curr Lmt)

Over Battery Current

(Over Batt Curr)

Battery Leakage

(Battery Leakage)

Low Acid Level

(Low Acid Level)

Battery Disconnected

(Batt Disconnec)

High Battery Temperature

(High Batt Temp)

Low Battery Temperature

(Low Batt Temp)

Cell Voltage Difference

(Cell Volt Diff)

SM-BAT Unit Failure

(SM Unit Fail)

Battery Temperature Sensor Failure

(T Sensor Fault)

Low Capacity

(Low Capacity)

Battery Not Responding

(Batt Comm Fail)

Temperature Sensor not Used

(Bat Temp No Use)

Battery is in over current.

Battery current is high.

Battery has leakage current.

Battery has low acid level.

Battery disconnection is active.

Battery has high temperature condition.

Battery has low temperature condition.

Battery cell voltage difference detected.

Battery monitoring device has failed.

Battery temperature sensor has failed.

Battery has low capacity.

Battery monitoring device has lost communications with the controller.

No battery temperature sensor.

LargeDU Battery Alarms (Large Distribution Unit must be present in system)

(LargeDU Batt)

Current Limit Exceeded

(Exceed Curr Lmt)

Low Capacity

(Low Capacity)

Battery current limit point is exceeded.

Battery has low capacity.

Check the batteries.

Check the batteries.

Check the batteries.

Replace device.

Check the batteries.

Check the batteries.

--

--

--

--

--

Replace temperature sensor.

Check communications cables.

--

--

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[50]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Alarm Description

Battery Fuse Failure

(Batt Fuse Fail)

Battery Overvoltage

(Batt Over Volt)

Battery Undervoltage

(Batt Under Volt)

Battery Overcurrent

(Batt Over Curr)

No Response

(Comm Fail)

Battery fuse is open.

Battery has over voltage condition.

Battery has under voltage condition.

Battery has over current condition.

Battery monitoring device has lost communications with the controller.

SMBRC Battery Alarms (SM-BRC Module must be present in system)

(SMBRC Battery)

Low Cell Voltage Alarm

(Low Volt Alm)

Low Cell Temperature Alarm

(Low Temp Alm)

Low Cell Resistance Alarm

(Low Resist Alm)

Low Inter Cell Resistance Alarm

(Low Inter Alm)

Low Ambient Temperature Alarm

(Low Amb Alm)

High Total Voltage

(Overall Volt Hi)

Low Total Voltage

(Overall Volt Lo)

High String Current

(Hi String Curr)

Low String Current

(Lo String Curr)

High Ripple Current

Hi (Ripple Curr)

Low Ripple Current

(Lo Ripple Curr)

Current Limit Exceeded

(Exceed Curr Lmt)

Over Battery Current

(Over Current)

Low Capacity

(Low Capacity)

High Cell Voltage Alarm

(Cell HiVolt Alm)

High Cell Temperature Alarm

(Cell HiTemp Alm)

Battery string low voltage alarm.

Battery string low temperature alarm.

Battery string low resistance alarm.

Battery string inter-cell low resistance alarm.

Battery string ambient low alarm.

Battery string high voltage alarm.

Battery string low voltage alarm.

Battery string high current alarm.

Battery string low current alarm.

Battery string ripple current high.

Battery string ripple current low.

Battery string current limit exceeded.

Battery string over current alarm.

Battery string low capacity alarm.

Battery cell high voltage alarm.

Battery cell high temperature alarm.

Action to Correct

--

--

--

--

Check communications cables.

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[51]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

High Cell Resistance Alarm

(Cell HiRes Alm)

High Inter Cell Resist Alarm

(Inter HiRes Alm)

High Delta Cell vs Ambient Temp

(Cell HiAmb Alm)

Battery Block 1 Temperature Probe

Failure

Battery Block 8 Temperature Probe

Failure

Temperature 9 Not Used

(Temp9 Not Used)

Temperature 24 Not Used

(Temp24 Not Used)

Alarm Description

Battery cell high resistance alarm.

Battery inter-cell high resistance alarm.

Battery cell high ambient temperature alarm.

Battery temperature sensor has failed.

Temperature sensor #9 not used.

Temperature sensor #24 not used.

Action to Correct

--

--

--

Replace temperature sensor.

--

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[52]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

SoNick Battery Alarms

(SoNick Battery Alarms)

Battery Communication Fail

Low Ambient Temperature

High Ambient Temperature Warning

High Ambient Temperature

Low Battery Internal Temp

High Batt Internal Temp Warning

High Batt Internal Temperature

Bus Voltage Below 40V

Bus Voltage Below 39V

Bus Voltage Above 60V

Bus Voltage Above 65V

High Discharge Current Warning

High Discharge Current

Main Switch Error

Fuse Blown

Heaters Failure

Thermocouple Failure

Voltage Measurement Circuit Fail

Current Measurement Circuit Fail

BMS Hardware Failure

Hardware Protection Sys Active

Heatsink High Temperature

Battery Voltage Below 39V

Battery Voltage Below 38V

Battery Voltage Above 53.5V

Battery Voltage Above 53.6V

High Charge Current Warning

High Charge Current

High Discharge Current Warning

High Discharge Current

Voltage Unbalance Warning

Voltages Unbalance

DC Bus Pwr Too Low for Charging

Charge Regulation Failure

Capacity Below 12.5%

Thermocouples Mismatch

Heater Fuse Blown

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

Alarm Description

[53]

Action to Correct

Refer to the documentation provided with the FIAMM SoNick (Sodium Nickel) Battery.

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Alarm Description Action to Correct

Battery Fuse Alarms

(Batt Fuse)

Fuse 1 Alarm

(Fuse 1 Alarm)

Fuse 6 Alarm

(Fuse 6 Alarm)

Fuse #1 is open.

Fuse #6 is open.

SMDU Battery Fuse Unit Alarms (SM-DU Module must be present in system)

(SMDU Bat Fuse)

Batt Fuse 1 Alarm

(Batt Fuse 1 Alm)

Batt Fuse 6 Alarm

(Batt Fuse 6 Alm)

DC Distribution Alarms

(DC Distr)

Battery fuse #1 is open.

Battery fuse #4 is open.

Over Voltage 1

(Over Voltage 1)

Over Voltage 2

(Over Voltage 2)

Under Voltage 1

(Under Voltage 1)

Under Voltage 2

(Under Voltage 2)

Over Voltage 1 (24V)

(24V Over Volt1)

Over Voltage 2 (24V)

(24V Over Volt2)

Under Voltage 1 (24V)

(24V Under Volt1)

Under Voltage 2 (24V)

(24V Under Volt2)

DC output voltage is above over voltage 1 threshold.

DC output voltage is above over voltage 2 threshold.

DC output voltage is below under voltage 1 threshold.

DC output voltage is below under voltage 2 threshold.

DC output voltage is above over voltage 1 threshold.

DC output voltage is above over voltage 2 threshold.

DC output voltage is below under voltage 1 threshold.

DC output voltage is below under voltage 2 threshold.

DC Fuse Unit Alarms

(DC Fuse Unit)

Fuse 1 Alarm

(Fuse 1 Alarm)

Fuse 12 Alarm

(Fuse 12 Alarm)

DC output fuse #1 is open.

DC output fuse #12 is open.

Find out and eliminate the reason the fuse is open before replacing. Check for overload or short circuit. If the fuse was manually removed, check with the person that removed it before reinserting it.

Find out and eliminate the reason the fuse is open before replacing. Check for overload or short circuit. If the fuse was manually removed, check with the person that removed it before reinserting it.

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Find out and eliminate the reason the fuse is open before replacing. Check for overload or short circuit. If the fuse was manually removed, check with the person that removed it before reinserting it.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[54]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Alarm Description Action to Correct

SMDU DC Fuse Alarms (SM-DU Module must be present in system)

(SMDU DC Fuse)

Fuse 1 Alarm

(DC Fuse 1 Alm)

Fuse 16 Alarm

(DC Fuse 16 Alm)

DC output fuse #1 is open.

DC output fuse #16 is open.

Find out and eliminate the reason the fuse is open before replacing. Check for overload or short circuit. If the fuse was manually removed, check with the person that removed it before reinserting it.

SMDUP1 [2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] DC Fuse Alarms (SM-DU+ Module must be present in system)

(SMDUP1 [2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] DC Fuse)

Fuse 1 Alarm

(DC Fuse 1 Alm)

Fuse 25 Alarm

(DC Fuse 25 Alm)

DC output fuse #1 is open.

DC output fuse #25 is open.

Find out and eliminate the reason the fuse is open before replacing. Check for overload or short circuit. If the fuse was manually removed, check with the person that removed it before reinserting it.

LVD Unit Alarms (Low voltage disconnect must be present in system)

(LVD Unit)

LVD 1 Disconnect

(LVD 1 Disconnect)

LVD 2 Disconnect

(LVD 2 Disconnect)

LVD 1 Fail

(LVD 1 Fail)

LVD 2 Fail

(LVD 2 Fail)

LVD1 contactor is in disconnect mode.

LVD2 contactor is in disconnect mode.

LVD1 contactor has failed.

LVD2 contactor has failed.

SMDU LVD Alarms (SM-DU Module must be present in system)

(SMDU LVD)

LVD 1 Disconnect

(LVD 1 Disconnect)

LVD 2 Disconnect

(LVD 2 Disconnect)

LVD 1 Contactor Fail

(LVD 1 Fail)

LVD 2 Contactor Fail

(LVD 2 Fail)

LVD1 contactor is in disconnect mode.

LVD2 contactor is in disconnect mode.

LVD1 contactor has failed.

LVD2 contactor has failed.

LVD3 Unit Alarms

(LVD3 Unit)

LVD 3 Disconnect

(LVD 3 Disconnect)

LVD 3 Fail

(LVD 3 Fail)

LVD3 contactor is in disconnect mode.

LVD3 contactor has failed.

--

--

Check the contactor functions. Replace the contactor.

--

--

Check the contactor functions. Replace the contactor.

Check the contactor functions. Replace the contactor.

--

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[55]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Alarm Description Action to Correct

Large DU LVD Alarms (Large Distribution Unit must be present in system)

(Large DU LVD)

LVD1 Disconnected

(LVD1 Disconnect)

LVD2 Disconnected

(LVD2 Disconnect)

Rectifier AC Alarms

(Rectifier AC)

LVD1 contactor is in disconnect mode.

LVD2 contactor is in disconnect mode.

Line AB Over Voltage 1

(L-AB Over Volt1)

Line AB Over Voltage 2

(L-AB Over Volt2)

Line AB Under Voltage 1

(L-AB UnderVolt1)

Line AB Under Voltage 2

(L-AB UnderVolt2)

Line BC Over Voltage 1

(L-BC Over Volt1)

Line BC Over Voltage 2

(L-BC Over Volt2)

Line BC Under Voltage 1

(L-BC UnderVolt1)

Line BC Under Voltage 2

(L-BC UnderVolt2)

Line CA Over Voltage 1

(L-CA Over Volt1)

Line CA Over Voltage 2

(L-CA Over Volt2)

Line CA Under Voltage 1

(L-CA UnderVolt1)

Line CA Under Voltage 2

(L-CA UnderVolt2)

Voltage between Line A and Line B is higher than the High Line Voltage AB Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line A and Line B is higher than the Very High Line Voltage AB Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line A and Line B is lower than the Low Line Voltage AB Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line A and Line B is lower than the Very Low Line Voltage AB Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line B and Line C is higher than the High Line Voltage BC Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line B and Line C is higher than the Very High Line Voltage BC Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line B and Line C is lower than the Low Line Voltage BC Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line B and Line C is lower than the Very Low Line Voltage BC Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line C and Line A is higher than the High Line Voltage CA Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line C and Line A is higher than the Very High Line Voltage CA Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line C and Line A is lower than the Low Line Voltage CA Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line C and Line A is lower than the Very Low Line Voltage CA Alarm threshold.

--

--

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[56]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Alarm Description

AC1 Over Voltage 1

(AC1 Over Volt 1)

AC1 Over Voltage 2

(AC1 Over Volt 2)

AC1 Under Voltage 1

(AC1 Under Volt 1)

AC1 Under Voltage 2

(AC1 Under Volt 2)

AC2 Over Voltage 1

(AC2 Over Volt 1)

AC2 Over Voltage 2

(AC2 Over Volt 2)

AC2 Under Voltage 1

(AC2 Under Volt 1)

AC2 Under Voltage 2

(AC2 Under Volt 2)

AC3 Over Voltage 1

(AC3 Over Volt 1)

AC3 Over Voltage 2

(AC3 Over Volt 2)

AC3 Under Voltage 1

(AC3 Under Volt 1)

AC3 Under Voltage 2

(AC3 Under Volt 2)

Mains Failure

(Mains Failure)

AC1 voltage is above over voltage 1 threshold.

AC1 voltage is above over voltage 2 threshold.

AC1 voltage is below under voltage 1 threshold.

AC1 voltage is below under voltage 2 threshold.

AC2 voltage is above over voltage 1 threshold.

AC2 voltage is above over voltage 2 threshold.

AC2 voltage is below under voltage 1 threshold.

AC2 voltage is below under voltage 2 threshold.

AC3 voltage is above over voltage 1 threshold.

AC3 voltage is above over voltage 2 threshold.

AC3 voltage is below under voltage 1 threshold.

AC3 voltage is below under voltage 2 threshold.

Commercial AC power failure.

OB AC Unit (OB-AC Module must be present in system)

(OBAC)

Phase A Over Voltage 1

(PH-A Over Volt1)

Phase A Over Voltage 2

(PH-A Over Volt2)

Phase A Under Voltage 1

(PH-A UnderVolt1)

Phase A Under Voltage 2

(PH-A UnderVolt2)

Phase B Over Voltage 1

(PH-B Over Volt1)

Phase B Over Voltage 2

(PH-B Over Volt2)

Phase B Under Voltage 1

(PH-B UnderVolt1)

Phase B Under Voltage 2

(PH-B UnderVolt2)

Phase A voltage is above over voltage 1 threshold.

Phase A voltage is above over voltage 2 threshold.

Phase A voltage is below under voltage 1 threshold.

Phase A voltage is below under voltage 2 threshold.

Phase B voltage is above over voltage 1 threshold.

Phase B voltage is above over voltage 2 threshold.

Phase B voltage is below under voltage 1 threshold.

Phase B voltage is below under voltage 2 threshold.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[57]

Action to Correct

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Check why no commercial AC power.

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Phase C Over Voltage 1

(PH-C Over Volt1)

Phase C Over Voltage 2

(PH-C Over Volt2)

Phase C Under Voltage 1

(PH-C UnderVolt1)

Phase C Under Voltage 2

(PH-C UnderVolt2)

Mains Failure

(Mains Failure)

Severe Mains Failure

(SevereMainsFail)

Mains Failure (Single)

(Mains Failure)

Severe Mains Failure (Single)

(SevereMainsFail)

Alarm Description

Phase C voltage is above over voltage 1 threshold.

Phase C voltage is above over voltage 2 threshold.

Phase C voltage is below under voltage 1 threshold.

Phase C voltage is below under voltage 2 threshold.

Commercial AC power failure.

Commercial AC power voltage is too low.

Commercial AC power failure.

Commercial AC power voltage is too low.

SMAC Alarms (SM-AC Module must be present in system)

(SMAC)

Supervision Fail

(Supervise Fail)

High Line Voltage AB

(Hi LineVolt AB)

Very High Line Voltage AB

(VHi LineVolt AB)

Low Line Voltage AB

(Lo LineVolt AB)

Very Low Line Voltage AB

(VLo LineVolt AB)

High Line Voltage BC

(Hi LineVolt BC)

Very High Line Voltage BC

(VHi LineVolt BC)

Low Line Voltage BC

(Lo LineVolt BC)

Very Low Line Voltage BC

(VLo LineVolt BC)

High Line Voltage CA

(Hi LineVolt CA)

Very High Line Voltage CA

(VHi LineVolt CA)

Low Line Voltage CA

(Lo LineVolt CA)

Very Low Line Voltage CA

(VLo LineVolt CA)

AC monitoring device has failed.

Voltage between Line A and Line B above high voltage threshold.

Voltage between Line A and Line B above very high voltage threshold.

Voltage between Line A and Line B below low voltage threshold.

Voltage between Line A and Line B below very low voltage threshold.

Voltage between Line B and Line C above high voltage threshold.

Voltage between Line B and Line C above very high voltage threshold.

Voltage between Line B and Line C below low voltage threshold.

Voltage between Line B and Line C below very low voltage threshold.

Voltage between Line C and Line A above high voltage threshold.

Voltage between Line C and Line A above very high voltage threshold.

Voltage between Line C and Line A below low voltage threshold.

Voltage between Line C and Line A below very low voltage threshold.

Action to Correct

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Check why no commercial AC power.

Check why voltage is low.

Check why no commercial AC power.

Check why voltage is low.

--

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[58]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

High Phase Voltage A

(Hi PhaseVolt A)

Very High Phase Voltage A

(VHi PhaseVolt A)

Low Phase Voltage A

(Lo PhaseVolt A)

Very Low Phase Voltage A

(VLo PhaseVolt A)

High Phase Voltage B

(Hi PhaseVolt B)

Very High Phase Voltage B

(VHi PhaseVolt B)

Low Phase Voltage B

(Lo PhaseVolt B)

Very Low Phase Voltage B

(VLo PhaseVolt B)

High Phase Voltage C

(Hi PhaseVolt C)

Very High Phase Voltage C

(VHi PhaseVolt C)

Low Phase Voltage C

(Lo PhaseVolt C)

Very Low Phase Voltage C

(VLo PhaseVolt C)

Mains Failure

(Mains Failure)

Severe Mains Failure

(SevereMainsFail)

High Frequency

(High Frequency)

Low Frequency

(Low Frequency)

High Temperature

(High Temp)

Low Temperature

(Low Temperature)

Phase A High Current

(PH-A Hi Current)

Phase B High Current

(PH-B Hi Current)

Phase C High Current

(PH-C Hi Current)

Alarm Description

Phase A voltage is above high voltage threshold.

Phase A voltage is above very high voltage threshold.

Phase A voltage is below low voltage threshold.

Phase A voltage is below very low voltage threshold.

Phase B voltage is above high voltage threshold.

Phase B voltage is above very high voltage threshold.

Phase B voltage is below low voltage threshold.

Phase B voltage is below very low voltage threshold.

Phase C voltage is above high voltage threshold.

Phase C voltage is above very high voltage threshold.

Phase C voltage is below low voltage threshold.

Phase C voltage is below very low voltage threshold.

Commercial AC power failure.

Commercial AC power voltage is too low.

Commercial AC power has high frequency.

Commercial AC power has low frequency.

AC input temperature sensor sensing high temperature condition.

AC input temperature sensor sensing low temperature condition.

High phase A current.

High phase B current.

High phase C current.

Action to Correct

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Check why no commercial AC power.

Check why voltage is low.

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[59]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Alarm Description Action to Correct

IB (Interface Board) Alarms (IB board must be present in system)

(IB)

Communication Fail

(Comm Fail)

Digital Input 1 Alarm

(DI1 Alarm)

Digital Input 8 Alarm

(DI8 Alarm)

Testing Relay1

(Testing Relay1)

Testing Relay8

(Testing Relay8)

IB board has lost communications with the controller.

Digital input #1 in alarm state.

Digital input #8 in alarm state.

Testing Relay 1 (on IB2 Board).

Testing Relay 8 (on IB2 Board).

EIB (Extended Interface Board) Alarms (EIB2 board must be present in system)

(EIB)

EIB Communication Fail

(EIB Comm Fail)

Bad Battery Block

(Bad Batt Block)

Relay 9 Test

(Relay 9 Test)

Relay 13 Test

(Relay 13 Test)

EIB board has lost communications with the controller.

Battery block fails.

Testing Relay 9 (on EIB Board).

Testing Relay 13 (on EIB Board).

SMDU Unit 1 [2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] Alarms (SM-DU Module must be present in system)

(SMDU 1 [2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8])

Under Voltage

(Under Voltage)

Over Voltage

(Over Voltage)

Communication Fail

(Comm Fail)

Distribution voltage is below under voltage threshold.

Distribution voltage is above over voltage threshold.

The SM-DU 1 has lost communications with the Controller.

Check communications cables.

Check batteries.

--

--

--

Check communications cables.

--

Check why system voltage is low.

Check why system voltage is high.

Check communications cables.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[60]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Current1 High Current

(Curr 1 Hi)

Current1 Very High Current

(Curr 1 Very Hi)

Current5 High Current

(Curr 5 Hi)

Current5 Very High Current

(Curr 5 Very Hi)

Shunt1 Coefficient Conflict

(Shunt1 Conflict)

Shunt5 Coefficient Conflict

(Shunt5 Conflict)

Converter Group Alarms

(Converter Grp)

Multiple Converters Fail

(Multi-Conv Fail)

Converter Lost

(Converter Lost)

All Converters Comm Fail

(AllConvCommFail)

Over Current

(Over Current)

Converter Protect

(Conv Protect)

Converter Alarms

(Converter)

Communication Fail

(Comm Fail)

Over Temperature

(Over Temp)

HVSD Alarm

(HVSD Alarm)

Fan Fail

(Fan Fail)

Power Limit

(Power Limit)

Low Input Volt

(Low Input Volt)

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

Alarm Description

Current 1 has high current.

Current 1 has very high current.

Current 5 has high current.

Current 5 has very high current.

Shunt 1 coefficient conflicting.

Shunt 4 coefficient conflicting.

[61]

Action to Correct

Check why current is high.

Verify shunt size.

More than one converter has failed.

A converter cannot be detected by the

Controller.

No response from all converters.

Over current condition exists.

A converter is in protected mode.

Check input voltage to converters. Replace converters.

Reset the Converter Lost alarm. Replace defective converter.

Check the connectors and cables or the CAN loop. Replace the controller.

Check why.

Refer to Converter User Manual for troubleshooting information.

A converter has lost communications with the controller.

A converter has an over temperature condition.

A converter has an overvoltage condition.

A converter’s fan has failed.

A converter is in temperature power limit.

Input voltage to a converter is low.

Check communications cables. Reset the

Communication Fail alarm. Replace the converter.

Check why temperature is high.

Refer to Converter User Manual for troubleshooting information.

Replace fan.

Converter overload. The load is higher than converter capacity.

--

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Converter Fail

(Converter Fail)

EEPROM Fail

(EEPROM Fail)

Thermal Shutdown

(Thermal SD)

Mod ID Overlap

(Mod ID Overlap)

Under Voltage

(Under Voltage)

Over Voltage

(Over Voltage)

Under Voltage (24V)

(24V Under Volt)

Over Voltage (24V)

(24V Over Volt)

Alarm Description

A converter has a fault condition.

A converter’s EEPROM has failed.

A converter is in thermal shutdown.

Converter module ID’s overlap.

A converter has an under voltage condition.

(The hysteresis value is 2V.)

A converter has an over voltage condition.

(The hysteresis value is 2V.)

A converter has an under voltage condition.

(The hysteresis value is 1V.)

A converter has an over voltage condition.

(The hysteresis value is 1V.)

Action to Correct

Refer to Converter User Manual for troubleshooting information.

SMIO Generic Unit 1 Alarms (SM-IO Module must be present in system)

(SMIO 1)

SMIO Failure

(SMIO Fail)

SMIO has failed.

SMIO Generic Unit 3 [4, 5, 6, 7, 8] Alarms (SM-IO Module must be present in system)

(SMIO Unit 3 [4, 5, 6, 7, 8])

High Analog Input 1 Alarm

(Hi AI 1 Alarm)

Low Analog Input 1 Alarm

(Low AI 1 Alarm)

High Analog Input 5 Alarm

(Hi AI 5 Alarm)

Low Analog Input 5 Alarm

(Low AI 5 Alarm)

High Frequency Input Alarm

(Hi Freq In Alm)

Low Frequency Input Alarm

(Low Freq In Alm)

SMIO Failure

(SMIO Fail)

Input #1 above high alarm threshold.

Input #1 below low alarm threshold.

Input #5 above high alarm threshold.

Input #5 below low alarm threshold.

Input frequency above high frequency alarm threshold.

Input frequency below low frequency alarm threshold.

SM-IO board failure. Replace the board.

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[62]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Testing Relay 1

(Testing Relay 1)

Testing Relay 2

(Testing Relay 2)

Testing Relay 3

(Testing Relay 3)

Alarm Description

Testing Relay 1.

Testing Relay 2.

Testing Relay 3.

Large DU AC Distribution Group Alarms (Large Distribution Unit must be present in system)

(LargeDUACDist)

Mains Failure

(Mains Failure)

Commercial AC power failure.

Large DU AC Distribution Unit Alarms (Large Distribution Unit must be present in system)

(AC Distributi)

Mains 1 Failure

(Mains 1 Fail)

Mains 2 Failure

(Mains 2 Fail)

Mains 3 Failure

(Mains 3 Fail)

Mains 1 Uab/Ua Failure

(M1 Uab/Ua Fail)

Mains 1 Ubc/Ub Failure

(M1 Ubc/Ub Fail)

Mains 1 Uca/Uc Failure

(M1 Uca/Uc Fail)

Mains 2 Uab/Ua Failure

(M2 Uab/Ua Fail)

Mains 2 Ubc/Ub Failure

(M2 Ubc/Ub Fail)

Mains 2 Uca/Uc Failure

(M2 Uca/Uc Fail)

Mains 3 Uab/Ua Failure

(M3 Uab/Ua Fail)

Mains 3 Ubc/Ub Failure

(M3 Ubc/Ub Fail)

Mains 3 Uca/Uc Failure

(M3 Uca/Uc Fail)

Over Frequency

(Over Frequency)

Under Frequency

(Under Frequency)

Mains 1 Uab/Ua Over Voltage

(M1 Uab/Ua OverV)

Mains 1 Ubc/Ub Over Voltage

(M1 Ubc/Ub OverV)

AC input 1 power failure.

AC input 2 power failure.

AC input 3 power failure.

No AC input voltage between Line A and Line

B of input 1.

No AC input voltage between Line B and Line

C of input 1.

No AC input voltage between Line C and Line

A of input 1.

No AC input voltage between Line A and Line

B of input 2.

No AC input voltage between Line B and Line

C of input 2.

No AC input voltage between Line C and Line

A of input 2.

No AC input voltage between Line A and Line

B of input 3.

No AC input voltage between Line B and Line

C of input 3.

No AC input voltage between Line C and Line

A of input 3.

Input frequency above over frequency alarm threshold.

Input frequency below under frequency alarm threshold.

AC input 1 voltage between Line A and Line B above over voltage threshold.

AC input 1 voltage between Line B and Line C above over voltage threshold.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[63]

Action to Correct

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Alarm Description Action to Correct

Mains 1 Uca/Uc Over Voltage

(M1 Uca/Uc OverV)

Mains 2 Uab/Ua Over Voltage

(M2 Uab/Ua OverV)

Mains 2 Ubc/Ub Over Voltage

(M2 Ubc/Ub OverV)

Mains 2 Uca/Uc Over Voltage

(M2 Uca/Uc OverV)

Mains 3 Uab/Ua Over Voltage

(M3 Uab/Ua OverV)

Mains 3 Ubc/Ub Over Voltage

(M3 Ubc/Ub OverV)

Mains 3 Uca/Uc Over Voltage

(M3 Uca/Uc OverV)

Mains 1Uab/Ua Under Voltage

(M1Uab/Ua UnderV)

Mains 1Ubc/Ub Under Voltage

(M1Ubc/Ub UnderV)

Mains 1Uca/Uc Under Voltage

(M1Uca/Uc UnderV)

Mains 2Uab/Ua Under Voltage

(M2Uab/Ua UnderV)

Mains 2Ubc/Ub Under Voltage

(M2Ubc/Ub UnderV)

Mains 2Uca/Uc Under Voltage

(M2Uca/Uc UnderV)

Mains 3Uab/Ua Under Voltage

(M3Uab/Ua UnderV)

Mains 3Ubc/Ub Under Voltage

(M3Ubc/Ub UnderV)

Mains 3Uca/Uc Under Voltage

(M3Uca/Uc UnderV)

AC Input MCCB Trip

(Input MCCB Trip)

AC Output MCCB Trip

(OutputMCCB Trip)

SPD Trip

(SPD Trip)

No Response

(Comm Fail)

AC input 1 voltage between Line C and Line A above over voltage threshold.

AC input 2 voltage between Line A and Line B above over voltage threshold.

AC input 2 voltage between Line B and Line C above over voltage threshold.

AC input 2 voltage between Line C and Line A above over voltage threshold.

AC input 3 voltage between Line A and Line B above over voltage threshold.

AC input 3 voltage between Line B and Line C above over voltage threshold.

AC input 3 voltage between Line C and Line A above over voltage threshold.

AC input 1 voltage between Line A and Line B below under voltage threshold.

AC input 1 voltage between Line B and Line C below under voltage threshold.

AC input 1 voltage between Line C and Line A below under voltage threshold.

AC input 2 voltage between Line A and Line B below under voltage threshold.

AC input 2 voltage between Line B and Line C below under voltage threshold.

AC input 2 voltage between Line C and Line A below under voltage threshold.

AC input 3 voltage between Line A and Line B below under voltage threshold.

AC input 3 voltage between Line B and Line C below under voltage threshold.

AC input 3 voltage between Line C and Line A below under voltage threshold.

Main input circuit breaker open.

Main output circuit breaker open.

Surge protection device tripped.

AC distribution monitoring device has lost communications with the controller.

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

Check communications cables.

Large DU DC Distribution Unit Alarms (Large Distribution Unit must be present in system)

(DC Distributi)

DC Overvoltage

(DC Overvolt)

DC output voltage above overvoltage threshold.

--

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[64]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

DC Undervoltage

(DC Undervolt)

DC Output 1 Disconnected

(Output1 Discon)

...

DC Output 64 Disconnected

(Output64 Discon)

Not Responding

(Comm Fail)

High Temperature 1

(T1 High Temp)

High Temperature 2

(T2 High Temp)

High Temperature 3

(T3 High Temp)

Low Temperature 1

(T1 Low Temp)

Low Temperature 2

(T2 Low Temp)

Low Temperature 3

(T3 Low Temp)

Temperature 1 Sensor Fault

(T1 Sensor Fail)

Temperature 2 Sensor Fault

(T2 Sensor Fail)

Temperature 3 Sensor Fault

(T3 Sensor Fail)

Diesel Generator Group Alarms

(Dsl Gen Group)

Diesel Test in Progress

(Test Running)

Diesel Generator Test Failure

(Test Failure)

Diesel Generator Alarms

(Dsl Generator)

Low DC Voltage

(Low DC Voltage)

Diesel Generator Supervision Fai

(SupervisionFail)

Diesel Generator Failure

(Diesel Fail)

Diesel Generator Connected

(Diesel Connect)

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

Alarm Description Action to Correct

DC output voltage below undervoltage threshold.

Output #1 distribution device open.

...

Output #64 distribution device open.

DC distribution monitoring device has lost communications with the controller.

Temperature sensor #1 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #2 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #3 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #1 sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #2 sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #3 sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.

Temperature sensor #1 failure.

--

--

--

--

Check communications cables.

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

Temperature sensor #2 failure.

Temperature sensor #3 failure.

--

--

Diesel test in progress.

Diesel test failed.

Generator has low DC voltage.

Generator monitoring device has failed.

Generator has failed.

Generator is connected to the system.

[65]

--

--

--

--

--

--

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Low Fuel Level

(Low Fuel Level)

High Water Temperature

(High Water Temp)

Low Oil Pressure

(Low Oil Press)

Periodical Maintenance Required

(Maint Required)

Rectifier Group 2 [3, 4] Alarms

(Rect Group 2 [3, 4])

All Rectifiers Comm Fail

(AllRectCommFail)

Rectifier Lost

(Rectifier Lost)

Communication Failure

(Comm Failure)

Mains Failure

(Mains Failure)

Multiple Rectifiers Fail

(Multi-Rect Fail)

Group I [II, III] Rectifier Alarms

(Group I [II, III] Rect)

AC Input Failure

(AC Failure)

Rectifier HighTemperature

(Rect Temp High)

Rectifier Fault

(Rect Fault)

Overvoltage

(Overvoltage)

Rectifier Protected

(Rect Protected)

Fan Failure

(Fan Failure)

Current Limit

(Current Limit)

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

Alarm Description

Generator has low fuel level.

Generator has high water temperature.

Generator has low oil pressure.

Periodical maintenance is required to be performed.

Action to Correct

--

--

--

--

No response from all rectifiers.

A rectifier cannot be detected by the controller.

A rectifier has lost communications with the controller.

Rectifier commercial AC input power failure.

More than one rectifier has failed.

Check the connectors and cables or the CAN loop. Replace the controller.

Reset the Rectifier Lost alarm. Replace defective rectifier.

Reset the Comm Fail alarm. Replace defective rectifier.

--

Check input voltage to rectifiers. Replace rectifiers.

No AC input power to a rectifier. Check why no AC input power available.

A rectifier has a high temperature condition. Check why temperature is high.

A rectifier has a fault condition.

A rectifier has an over voltage condition.

Refer to Rectifier User Manual for troubleshooting information.

A rectifier is in protected mode.

A rectifier’s fan has failed.

A rectifier is in current limit.

Replace fan.

Rectifier overload. The load is higher than rectifier capacity. If the batteries are being recharged, the alarm will cease by itself when the battery voltage has increased to the charging level. If the system load is higher than the rectifier capacity, the batteries will discharge. If this is the reason, install additional rectifiers. If one or more of the rectifiers are defective, replace the faulty rectifiers.

[66]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Alarm Description Action to Correct

Rectifier Communication Fail

(Rect Comm Fail)

A rectifier has lost communications with the controller.

Check communications cables. Reset the

Communication Fail alarm. Replace the rectifier.

Derated

(Derated)

Current Sharing Alarm

(CurrShare Alarm)

AC Undervoltage Protection

(AC UnderV Protect)

A rectifier is in output power derating mode.

A rectifier has a current sharing alarm.

A rectifier is in under voltage protection mode.

SMDUP 1 [2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] Unit Alarms (SM-DU+ Module must be present in system)

(SMDUP 1 [2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8])

Refer to Rectifier User Manual for troubleshooting information.

Communication Fail

(Comm Fail)

Current1 High Current

(Curr 1 Hi)

Current1 Very High Current

(Curr 1 Very Hi)

Current25 High Current

(Curr 25 Hi)

Current25 Very High Current

(Curr 25 Very Hi)

Shunt Coefficient Conflict

(Shunt Conflict)

Communications failure.

Current 1 high.

Current 1 very high.

Current 25 high.

Current 25 very high.

Shunt coefficient conflicting.

SMDUH Unit 1 [2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] Alarms (SM-DUH Module must be present in system)

(SMDUH 1 [2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8])

Check communications cables.

Verify shunt size.

--

--

--

--

--

--

Under Voltage

(Under Voltage)

Over Voltage

(Over Voltage)

Communication Fail

(Comm Fail)

Distribution voltage is below low voltage threshold.

Distribution voltage is above high voltage threshold.

The SM-DU 1 has lost communications with the controller.

SM-BRC Unit Alarms (SM-BRC Module must be present in system)

(SMBRC Unit)

Communication Failure

(Comm Fail)

High Ambient Temperature

(High Amb Temp)

Low Ambient Temperature

(Low Amb Temp)

Ambient Temperature Probe Failure

(AmbSensor Fault)

Communications failure.

Ambient high temperature alarm.

Ambient low temperature alarm.

Ambient temperature sensor failure.

Check why system voltage is low.

Check why system voltage is high.

Check communications cables.

Check communications cables.

--

--

Replace temperature sensor.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[67]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Alarm Description

Fuel Tank Group Alarms

(Fuel Tank Grp)

Fuel Group Communication Failure

(Fuel Comm Fail)

Fuel tank group communication failure.

OBFuel Tank Alarms

(OBFuel Tank)

High Fuel Level Alarm

(Hi Level Alarm)

Low Fuel Level Alarm

(Low Level Alarm)

Fuel Theft Alarm

(Fuel Theft Alm)

Tank Height Error

(Tank Height Err)

Fuel Tank Config Error

(Fuel Config Err)

Fuel tank high level alarm.

Fuel tank low level alarm.

Fuel tank theft alarm.

Fuel tank height error.

Fuel tank configuration error.

SM Temp Group Alarms (SM-Temp Module must be present in system)

(SM Temp Group)

SM Temp Lost

(SMTemp Lost)

SM-Temp cannot be detected by the controller.

SM Temp 1-8 Alarms (SM-Temp Module must be present in system)

(SMTemp 1-8)

Communication Fail

(Comm Fail)

Temperature Probe 1 Shorted

(Probe1 Short)

Temperature Probe 8 Shorted

(Probe8 Short)

Temperature Probe 1 Open

(Probe1 Open)

Temperature Probe 8 Open

(Probe8 Open)

SM-Temp has lost communications with the controller.

Probe shorted.

Probe shorted.

Probe open.

Probe open.

DC Meter Group Alarms (DC Meter must be present in system)

(DC Meter Group)

DC Meter Lost

(DC Meter Lost)

DC meter cannot be detected by the controller.

Action to Correct

Check communications cables.

--

--

--

--

--

Reset the SMTemp Lost alarm. Replace defective SM-Temp.

Check communications cables.

Replace temperature probe.

Replace temperature probe.

Reset the DC Meter Lost alarm. Replace defective DC Meter.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[68]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Alarm Description Action to Correct

DC Meter Alarms (DC Meter must be present in system)

(DC Meter)

Communication Fail

(Comm Fail)

DC meter has lost communications with the controller.

Solar Converter Group Alarms

(Solar Conv Grp)

Multiple Solar Converter Failure

(Multi-Conv Fail)

Solar Converter Lost

(Solar Converter Lost)

All Solar Converters Comm Fail

(AllConvCommFail)

Solar Converter Alarms

(Solar Converter)

Input Failure

(Input Failure)

Solar Converter Temperature High

(Conv Temp High)

Solar Converter Fail

(Conv Fail)

Over Voltage

(HVSD)

Solar Converter Protected

(Conv Protected)

Fan Fail

(Fan Fail)

More than one solar converter has failed.

A solar converter cannot be detected by the controller.

No response from all solar converters.

No input power to a solar converter.

A solar converter has a high temperature condition.

A solar converter has a fault condition.

A solar converter has an overvoltage condition.

A solar converter is in protected mode.

A solar converter’s fan has failed.

Current Limit

(Current Limit)

Solar Converter Comm Fail

(Conv Comm Fail)

Derated

(Derated)

Current Share Alarm

(Curr Share Alm)

Input Under Voltage Protection

(Low Input Protect)

Input Not DC

Check communications cables.

Check input voltage to solar converters.

Replace solar converters.

Reset the Solar Converter Lost alarm.

Replace defective solar converter.

Check the connectors and cables or the CAN loop. Replace the controller.

Check why no input power available.

Check why temperature is high.

Refer to Solar Converter User Manual for troubleshooting information.

A solar converter is in current limit.

A solar converter has lost communications with the controller.

A solar converter is in output power derating mode.

A solar converter has a current sharing alarm.

A solar converter is in under voltage protection mode.

Input to solar converter mounting position is not DC.

Replace fan.

Solar converter overload. The load is higher than solar converter capacity. If one or more of the solar converters are defective, replace the faulty solar converters.

Check communications cables. Reset the

Solar Converter Communication Fail alarm.

Replace the solar converter.

Refer to Solar Converter User Manual for troubleshooting information.

--

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[69]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Alarm Description

AC Meter (AC Meter must be present in system)

(AC Meter)

Communication Fail

(Comm Fail)

Line AB Over Voltage 1

(L-AB Over Volt1)

Line AB Over Voltage 2

(L-AB Over Volt2)

Line AB Under Voltage 1

(L-AB UnderVolt1)

Line AB Under Voltage 2

(L-AB UnderVolt2)

Line BC Over Voltage 1

(L-BC Over Volt1)

Line BC Over Voltage 2

(L-BC Over Volt2)

Line BC Under Voltage 1

(L-BC UnderVolt1)

Line BC Under Voltage 2

(L-BC UnderVolt2)

Line CA Over Voltage 1

(L-CA Over Volt1)

Line CA Over Voltage 2

(L-CA Over Volt2)

Line CA Under Voltage 1

(L-CA UnderVolt1)

Line CA Under Voltage 2

(L-CA UnderVolt2)

Phase A Over Voltage 1

(PH-A Over Volt1)

Phase A Over Voltage 2

(PH-A Over Volt2)

AC meter has lost communications with the controller.

Voltage between Line A and Line B is higher than the Line AB Over Voltage 1 Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line A and Line B is higher than the Line AB Over Voltage 2 Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line A and Line B is lower than the Line AB Under Voltage 1 Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line A and Line B is lower than the Line AB Under Voltage 2 Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line B and Line C is higher than the Line BC Over Voltage 1 Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line B and Line C is higher than the Line BC Over Voltage 2 Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line B and Line C is lower than the Line BC Under Voltage 1 Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line B and Line C is lower than the Line BC Under Voltage 2 Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line C and Line A is higher than the Line CA Over Voltage 1 Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line C and Line A is higher than the Line CA Over Voltage 2 Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line C and Line A is lower than the Line CA Under Voltage 1 Alarm threshold.

Voltage between Line C and Line A is lower than the Line CA Under Voltage 2 Alarm threshold.

Phase A voltage is above over voltage 1 threshold.

Phase A voltage is above over voltage 2 threshold.

Action to Correct

Check communications cables.

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Check why voltage is high.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[70]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 5

Full Alarm Name – Web

(Abbreviated Alarm

Name - Local Display)

Phase A Under Voltage 1

(PH-A UnderVolt1)

Phase A Under Voltage 2

(PH-A UnderVolt2)

Phase B Over Voltage 1

(PH-B Over Volt1)

Phase B Over Voltage 2

(PH-B Over Volt2)

Phase B Under Voltage 1

(PH-B UnderVolt1)

Phase B Under Voltage 2

(PH-B UnderVolt2)

Phase C Over Voltage 1

(PH-C Over Volt1)

Phase C Over Voltage 2

(PH-C Over Volt2)

Phase C Under Voltage 1

(PH-C UnderVolt1)

Phase C Under Voltage 2

(PH-C UnderVolt2)

Mains Failure

(Mains Failure)

Severe Mains Failure

(SevereMainsFail)

High Frequency

(High Frequency)

Low Frequency

(Low Frequency)

High Temperature

(High Temp)

Low Temperature

(Low Temperature)

Phase A High Current

(PH-A Hi Current)

Phase B High Current

(PH-B Hi Current)

Phase C High Current

(PH-C Hi Current)

Alarm Description

Phase A voltage is below under voltage 1 threshold.

Phase A voltage is below under voltage 2 threshold.

Phase B voltage is above over voltage 1 threshold.

Phase B voltage is above over voltage 2 threshold.

Phase B voltage is below under voltage 1 threshold.

Phase B voltage is below under voltage 2 threshold.

Phase C voltage is above over voltage 1 threshold.

Phase C voltage is above over voltage 2 threshold.

Phase C voltage is below under voltage 1 threshold.

Phase C voltage is below under voltage 2 threshold.

Commercial AC power failure.

Commercial AC power voltage is too low.

Commercial AC power has high frequency.

Commercial AC power has low frequency.

AC input temperature sensor sensing high temperature condition.

AC input temperature sensor sensing low temperature condition.

High phase A current.

High phase B current.

High phase C current.

Action to Correct

Check why voltage is low.

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Check why voltage is high.

Check why voltage is low.

Check why no commercial AC power.

Check why voltage is low.

--

--

--

--

--

--

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[71]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Local Display Menus

Overview

This section provides descriptions of the Local Display Menus.

Refer also to “Passwords and Privilege Levels” on page 13 and

“Description of Local Display Menus Programmable Parameters”

on page 88. For Web Interface, refer to “Web Interface Screens” on page 95.

Menus

Figure 11 to

Figure 19 provide flow diagrams of the menus

accessed via the NCU Controller local display and keypad.

NOTE:

These instructions describe the complete functionality of the NCU Controller. Some functionality is dependent on hardware connected to the NCU Controller. Some menu items shown may not be present in the NCU Controller used in your system.

FACTORY DEFAULT SETPOINTS

Refer to the Configuration Drawing (C-drawing) furnished with your system for a list of factory default values.

ADJUSTMENT RANGE RESTRICTIONS

See Figure 10 .

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[72]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Figure 10. Adjustment Range Restrictions

EMERSON

SETTING DEFAULT

HVSD

OV2

OV1

EQ

Hi Clamp

Float

Lo Clamp

LVR#

UV1

Test End

Test Volt

UV2

LVD#

54

(27.2)

52

(26)

49

(24.5)

48

(25)

45.2

(22.7)

45

(22.7)

44

(23)

42

(21)

59

(29.5)

58

(29)

57

(28.5)

56.5

(28)

56

(28.2)

NCU Setting Restriction

SETTABLE CONSTRAINT

48V (24V) OFFSET

KEY: 0V -0.2V

(-0.5V)

-1V

(-1V)

-2V

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

0V +0.2V

+1V

(+0.5V)

+2V

(+1V) arrow head means < or > arrow head means <= or >=

[73]

Setting HVSD:

Setting OV2:

Setting OV1:

Setting EQ:

Setting Hi Clamp:

Setting Float:

HVSD >= Float +1 for 48V, +0.5 for 24V

HVSD >= EQ +1 for 48V, +0.5 for 24V

HVSD >= * Hi Clamp +1 for 48V, +0.5 for 24V

OV2 >= OV1

OV1 <= OV2

OV1 > UV1

EQ >= * LVR# +1 for 48V, +0.5 for 24V

EQ <= * HVSD -1 for 48V, -0.5 for 24V

Hi Clamp >= Float

Hi Clamp > Lo Clamp

Hi Clamp <= * HVSD -1 for 48V, -0.5 for 24V

Float >= * LVR# +1 for 48V, +0.5 for 24V

Float <= * HVSD -1 for 48V, -0.5 for 24V

Setting Lo Clamp:

Setting LVR#:

Setting UV1:

Lo Clamp <= Float

Lo Clamp >= * LVR# +1 for 48V, +0.5 for 24V

LVR# <= Float -1 for 48V, -0.5 for 24V

LVR# <= EQ -1 for 48V, -0.5 for 24V

LVR# >= LVD# +2 for 48V, +1 for 24V

UV1 >= UV2

UV1 < OV1

Test End >= Test Volt +0.2

Setting Test End:

Setting Test Volt: Test Volt <= Test End -0.2

Test Volt >= * LVDx +1 for 48V, +0.5 for 24V

Setting UV2:

Setting LVD#:

UV2 <= UV1

LVD# <= LVR# -2 for 48V, -1 for 24V

LVD# <= Test Volt -1 for 48V, -0.5 for 24V

* These restrictions will apply even if the function is disabled.

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Main Menu

The Main Menu is shown in Figure 11. This is the first screen displayed when the local display is activated by pressing any key on the

NCU’s front panel.

The current displayed on the Main Menu is “total system load current”. The “total system load current” equals total rectifier current or total solar converter current minus total battery current when battery shunt exists or calculated battery current. If you do not calculate battery current, “total system load current” equals total rectifier current or total solar converter current.

Figure 11.

Main Menu

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[74]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Controller Information Menu (accessed from the Main Menu)

Controller information screens can be accessed from the Main Menu as shown in Figure 12 .

Figure 12.

Controller Information Menu

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[75]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Alarm Menu

The Alarm Menu can be accessed from the Main Menu as shown in Figure 13 .

Figure 13.

Alarm Menu

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[76]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Settings Menu

The Settings Menu can be accessed from the Main Menu as shown in Figure 14 .

Figure 14.

Settings Menu

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[77]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Figure 14.

Settings Menu

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[78]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Figure 14.

Settings Menu

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[79]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Figure 14.

Settings Menu

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[80]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Figure 14.

Settings Menu

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[81]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Start Wizard Sub-Menu (accessed from Settings Menu)

The Start Wizard menu can be accessed from the Settings Menu (in “Other Settings” sub-menu). See Figure 15 for Start Wizard menu.

Figure 15.

Start Wizard Sub-Menu (accessed from Setting's Menu)

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[82]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Input Power Menu

The Input Power Menu can be accessed from the Main Menu as shown in Figure 16 .

Figure 16.

Input Power Menu

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[83]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Module Menu

The Module Menu can be accessed from the Main Menu as shown in Figure 17 .

Figure 17.

Module Menu

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[84]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

DC Menu

The DC Menu can be accessed from the Main Menu as shown in Figure 18 .

Figure 18.

DC Menu

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[85]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Battery Menu

The Battery Menu can be accessed from the Main Menu as shown in Figure 19

or Figure 20 . The actual display of the Battery Menu is

dependent on the NCU configuration.

Figure 19.

Battery Menu

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[86]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Figure 20.

Battery Menu

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[87]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Description of Local Display Menus

Programmable Parameters

The following are descriptions of the programmable parameters presented in the local display menus.

NOTE:

Some parameters are not available for NCU configurations that enable NCU capability to receive status information sent from FIAMM SoNick (Sodium Nickel) batteries.

Settings Menu

See Figure 14 .

MAINTENANCE SUB-MENU

• Auto/Man State: o Auto: The controller automatically controls the power system. o Manual: A User can manually change certain power system control settings. When you return to Auto

Mode, any settings changed in Manual Mode are returned to their previous setting (setting before being placed in Manual Mode). This provides a convenient means of making temporary adjustment changes for testing purposes.

• EQ/FLT Control: Places the system in Equalize Charge or

Float Charge mode.

• LVD 1 Control: Temporarily connects or disconnects LVD

1 when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• LVD 2 Control: Temporarily connects or disconnects LVD

2 when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• BattTestControl: Starts or stops battery test.

• Mtnc Cycle: Enables or disables the maintenance cycle timer. When enabled, the following parameter can be set.

• Mtnc Cycle Time: The maintenance cycle time is the number of days before a maintenance alarm is issued. To reset the maintenance timer and clear the maintenance

alarm, clear the maintenance run time (see “Clearing the

Maintenance Alarm” on page 27).

ENERGY SAVING SUB-MENU

Alert

• ECO Mode: Enables or disables the Energy Optimization

Mode feature for all rectifiers. When enabled, the following parameters can be set.

ALERT! The Energy Optimization Mode should NOT be used in systems that operate without batteries.

• Best Oper Point: Percent of full load capacity that the rectifiers operate under in the Energy Optimization mode.

• Fluct Range: If load fluctuation is less than this value, rectifiers are not turned on or off for Energy

Optimization.

• Cycle Period: This is the time period that rectifiers are turned on and off to maintain an equal operating time for all rectifiers in the system.

• Rects ON Time: Time all rectifiers are turned on at the end of the “Cycle Period”.

ALARM SETTINGS SUB-MENU

Audible Alarm: Programs the audible alarm feature. o Off: Disables the audible alarm. o On: When a new alarm occurs, the audible alarm sounds. Press any key to silence the audible alarm. o 3 min / 10 min / 1 hr / 4 hrs: When a new alarm occurs, the audible alarm sounds. The audible alarm automatically silences after the selected time period.

Alarm Blocked: o Normal: Alarms are processed normally. o Blocked: Forces the alarm relays in the "off" state and blocks alarms from changing the relay state.

ClrRectCommFail: Clears a rectifier communication fail alarm.

• Clear Rect Lost: Clears a rectifier lost alarm.

• Clr Bad Bat Alm: Clears a bad battery alarm.

• ClrBatTestFail: Clears a battery test fail alarm.

• Reset Cycle Alm: Clears a rectifier oscillator alarm.

• Clr AbnlCur Alm: Clears an abnormal current alarm.

• Clr Cur Imb Alm: Clears a current imbalance alarm.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[88]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• ClrAllConvCommF: Clears an “All Converter Comm Fail” alarm.

• ClrConvComm Fail: Clears a converter communication fail alarm.

• Clear Conv Lost: Clears a converter lost alarm.

• ClearSolarLost: Clears a solar converter lost alarm.

• Rst RectGrpLost: Resets rectifier group lost alarms.

RECT SETTINGS SUB-MENU

• Current Limit: Enables or disables adjusting the output current limit point.

NOTE:

By default this is set to disabled. When disabled, rectifier current limit is set in the rectifier (not via the NCU) at the maximum current limit point.

• Curr Limit Pt: Sets the output current limit point for all rectifiers combined when the “Current Limit” setting above is set to enabled.

• Walk-In: Enables or disables the start-up walk-in feature for all rectifiers.

• Walk-In Time: Sets the start-up walk-in time when the

“Walk-In” setting above is set to enabled.

• Start Interval: Sets the sequence start interval (time period between starting each rectifier in the system).

BATT SETTINGS SUB-MENU

The BATT SETTINGS sub-menu consists of following sub-menus.

Basic Settings Sub-Menu

• Num Batt Shunts: Sets the number of battery shunts in the system.

• Reset Batt Cap: Resets the battery capacity calculation.

The only selection is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the battery capacity calculation is reset.

NOTE:

Only reset the battery capacity when the battery is fully charged; otherwise, the battery charge status may not be accurate.

Charge Sub-Menu

• Float Volt(S): Float charge output voltage setting for solar when the “Solar Mode” setting under “System” TAB in Web Interface is set to either “RECT-SOLAR” or

“SOLAR”.

• EQ Voltage(S): Equalize charge output voltage setting for solar when the “Solar Mode” setting under “System”

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[89]

TAB in Web Interface is set to either “RECT-SOLAR” or

“SOLAR”.

• Float Volt(R): Float charge output voltage setting for rectifier when the “Solar Mode” setting under “System”

TAB in Web Interface is set to “RECT-SOLAR” or

“Disabled”.

• EQ Voltage(R): Equalize charge output voltage setting for rectifier when the “Solar Mode” setting under

“System” TAB in Web Interface is set to “RECT-SOLAR” or

“Disabled”.

• Curr Limit Mode: Selects the current limit mode (Yes or

No).

• Batt Curr Limit: Maximum battery charging current setting. For example, a value of 0.150C10 means that the charging current is limited to 15% of the battery’s nominal capacity.

• Over Curr Lmt: Battery over current alarm setting. For example, a value of 0.300C10 means that when the charging current reaches 30% of the battery’s nominal capacity, an alarm will be extended.

• Auto EQ: Enables or disables the Automatic Equalize

Charge feature. The following parameters need to be set via the Web Interface.

EQ Start Curr: The system is transferred to Equalize

Charge mode when battery charge current increases to this setting. For example, a value of 0.060C10 means that an Automatic Equalize is started if the battery charge current is greater than 6% of the battery’s nominal capacity.

EQ Start Cap: The system is transferred to Equalize

Charge mode when remaining battery capacity decreases to this setting.

EQ Stop Curr: When in Equalize Charge mode and the battery charge current decreases below this setting for the "EQ Stop Delay" time period, the system is transferred to Float Charge mode. For example, a value of 0.010C10 means that when the charging current is less than 1% of the battery’s nominal capacity, the system returns to the

Float mode.

EQ Stop Delay: See "EQ Stop Curr" above.

NOTE:

If the power system has been automatically placed in

Equalize mode, disabling Auto EQ will

not

return the system to

Float mode until the current Equalize cycle is completed. To return immediately to Float mode, navigate as follows: Main

Menu / Settings Icon / Maintenance / “EQ/FLT Control”, and select Float Charge.

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Maximum EQ Time: This is the maximum duration, in minutes, that an Automatic Equalize Charge will last regardless of the other settings.

Cyc EQ: Enables or disables cyclic (scheduled) Equalize charging. When enabled, the following parameters can be set.

Cyc EQ Interval: Cyclic (scheduled) Equalize charging interval.

Cyc EQ Duration: Cyclic (scheduled) Equalize charging duration.

Battery Test Sub-Menu

• Test Volt Level: System output voltage setting during a battery discharge test.

• End Test Volt: This is the “end of test voltage level” for battery discharge tests. A battery discharge test will end if battery voltage decreases to this setting.

• End Test Time: This is the "end of test time period” for battery discharge tests. A battery discharge test will end if this time period is exceeded.

• EndTestCapacity: This is the "end of test remaining battery capacity” for battery discharge tests. A battery discharge test will end if remaining battery capacity decreases to this setting. For example, a value of

0.700C10 means that when the discharging current reaches 70% of the battery’s nominal capacity, the battery test is ended.

• RecordThreshold: Every time the battery voltage is changed more than this threshold, a new line is stored in the battery test log.

Temp Comp Sub-Menu

• TempComp Sensor: Select "None" for no temperature compensation, or the temperature probe (System T1,

System T2, System T3, IB2 T1, IB2 T2, EIB T1, EIB T2,

SMTemp1 T1, …, SMTemp1 T8, SMTemp8 T1, …,

SMTemp8 T8) sensing battery temperature for temperature compensation. You can also select

Maximum or Average which takes the maximum or average reading of the temperature probes (any of

System T1, System T2, System T3, IB2 T1, IB2 T2, EIB T1,

EIB T2, SMTemp1 T1, …, SMTemp1 T8, SMTemp8 T1, …,

SMTemp8 T8) set as battery temperature probes. When used with an SM-BRC, you can select to average the SM-

BRC temperature probe readings (Average SMBRC setting).

NOTE:

The temperature compensation sensor is also the sensor which displays the battery temperature on the Web

Interface’s Homepage.

• TempComp Center: Sets the temperature at which the system operates at normal voltage levels.

• Temp Comp Coeff: Sets the temperature compensation slope or rate of change per °C above or below the

"TempComp Center" setting. This value is expressed in millivolt per °C per string (mV/°C/str). For example, for a rate of change of 72 mV/°C/str in a 24-cell 48V nominal battery string, the rate of change is 3 mV per cell.

• Temp Comp Clamp: Enables or disables the temperature compensation voltage clamp feature.

• Temp Comp Max V: Upper voltage limit where battery temperature compensation clamps the voltage.

• Temp Comp Min V: Lower voltage limit where battery temperature compensation clamps the voltage.

Batt1 Settings Sub-Menu

• Shunt Current: Enter the battery string’s shunt current rating.

• Shunt Voltage: Enter the battery string’s shunt voltage rating.

• Rated Capacity: Enter the battery string’s rated capacity.

Batt2 Settings Sub-Menu

• Shunt Current: Enter the battery string shunt’s current rating.

• Shunt Voltage: Enter the battery string shunt’s voltage rating.

• Rated Capacity: Enter the battery string’s rated capacity.

LVD SETTINGS SUB-MENU

• HTD Point: Sets high temperature limit at which LVD1 and/or LVD2 contactors will open (disconnect) if the

HTD1 and/or HTD2 features are enabled. If this temperature is reached, a disconnect occurs regardless of voltage.

• HTD Recon Point: Sets temperature at which a reconnect will occur following a High Temperature Disconnect.

• LVD 1: Enables or disables LVD1.

• LVD 1 Mode: Sets LVD1 to disconnect on a voltage or time setpoint.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[90]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• LVD 1 Disc Volt: LVD1 low voltage disconnect setting

(when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD1 Recon Volt: LVD1 reconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD 1 Time: The time period before LVD1 disconnection once an AC fail condition occurs (when LVD set for time).

• LVD 1 HTD: Enables or disables the High Temperature 1

Disconnect feature. This feature causes LVD1 contactors to open (disconnect) if a high temperature event occurs.

• LVD 2: Enables or disables LVD2.

• LVD 2 Mode: Sets LVD2 to disconnect on a voltage or time setpoint.

• LVD 2 Disc Volt: LVD2 low voltage disconnect setting

(when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD 2 Recon Volt: LVD2 reconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD 2 Time: The time period before LVD2 disconnection once an AC fail condition occurs (when LVD set for time).

• LVD 2 HTD: Enables or disables the High Temperature 2

Disconnect feature. This feature causes LVD2 contactors to open (disconnect) if a high temperature event occurs.

AC SETTINGS SUB-MENU

SYS SETTINGS SUB-MENU

LCD Language: Select the language the menus are displayed in.

Keypad Voice: Sets the keypad sound on or off.

Date: Sets the date. Refer to “Changing the Date and

Time” on page 20 for a procedure to change the date.

Time: Sets the time. Refer to “Changing the Date and

Time” on page 20 for a procedure to change the time.

• LCD Rotation: Sets the rotation of the text in the menus

(allowing the controller to be mounted in different orientations). o 0 deg: Display will be in the horizontal position

(M830B only). o 90 deg: Display will be in the vertical position

(M830B only). o Big Screen: Setting for M830D only.

• Restore Default: Restores the controller’s default settings.

• Update App: Updates the controller’s application.

COMM SETTINGS SUB-MENU

Nominal AC Volt: Enter the nominal line-to-neutral voltage (single phase rectifier) or nominal line-to-line voltage (three phase rectifier).

Mains Fail Alm1: Sets the Mains Fail Alarm 1 value

(percent of nominal).

Mains Fail Alm2: Sets the Mains Fail Alarm 2 value

(percent of nominal).

Corresponding Alarms:

• Phase A Voltage Low 1 (Nominal Minus "Mains Fail

Alarm 1 Percent of Nominal)

• Phase A Voltage Low 2 (Nominal Minus " Mains Fail

Alarm 2 Percent of Nominal)

• Phase A Voltage High 1 (Nominal Plus " Mains Fail

Alarm 1 Percent of Nominal)

• Phase A Voltage High 2 (Nominal Plus "V Mains Fail

Alarm 2 Percent of Nominal)

Phase A used in the example above, Phase B and Phase C are similar.

• DHCP: The DHCP function allows the controller to acquire an IP address automatically. This function can only be enabled or disabled via the local display and keypad. If this function is enabled and the acquisition of an IP address fails, an alarm is generated. If the acquisition of an IP address is successful, you need to record the IP address automatically acquired by the controller to access the controller via the Web Interface.

This IP address is displayed in the IP Address field below the DHCP setting in the local display menu (Main Menu /

Settings Icon / Comm Settings).

• IP Address: Sets the controller's IPv4 address. Enter the address in the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, where

0 ≤ nnn ≤ 255. The address must be a valid address and must not be 255.255.255.255.

• Mask: Sets the controller's IPv4 network netmask. Enter the address in the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, where

0 ≤ nnn ≤ 255.

• Default Gateway: Sets the controller's IPv4 gateway address. Enter the address in the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, where 0 ≤ nnn ≤ 255. This is the address of the gateway of the network on which the controller resides. The

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[91]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA address must be a valid address and must not be

255.255.255.255.

• IPV6 DHCP: The IPV6 DHCP function allows the controller to acquire an IP address automatically. This function can only be enabled or disabled via the local display and keypad. If this function is enabled and the acquisition of an IP address fails, an alarm is generated. If the acquisition of an IP address is successful, you need to record the IP address automatically acquired by the controller to access the controller via the Web Interface.

This IP address is displayed in the IP Address field below the DHCP setting in the local display menu (Main Menu /

Settings Icon / Comm Settings).

• IPV6 Address: Sets the controller's IPv6 address. Enter the address in the format nnnn:nnnn:nnnn:nnnn:nnnn:nnnn:nnnn:nnnn, nnnn must follow IPv6 address rules.

• IPV6 Prefix: Sets the controller's IPv6 prefix.

• IPV6 Gateway: Sets the controller's IPv6 gateway address. Enter the address in the format nnnn:nnnn:nnnn:nnnn:nnnn:nnnn:nnnn:nnnn, nnnn must follow IPv6 address rules.

OTHER SETTINGS SUB-MENU

• Rect Expansion: o Inactive: Select this option if this is the only NCU controller in the power system. o Primary: Select this option if the power system consists of multiple bays with multiple NCU controllers, and this NCU controller is to be the primary controller. Note that only one (1) NCU controller can be set as the primary controller. o Secondary: Select this option if the power system consists of multiple bays with multiple NCU controllers, and this NCU controller is to be a secondary controller.

Address: If “Secondary” is selected, this menu item appears after an automatic reboot. Sets the address of an NCU controller set as a secondary controller.

NOTE:

When primary or secondary is selected, the NCU will start auto configure. This process will take more than three (3) minutes.

Primary/Secondary Procedure:

Up to four (4) NCU controllers can be connected together when a power system requires a greater number of rectifiers than can be controlled by a single NCU controller. One (1) controller is designated as the primary controller, the others as secondary controllers.

The rectifiers controlled by the secondary controllers are designated as RectifierGroup 2 through 4 in the menus.

NOTE:

Changing the Rectifier Expansion setting may take more than three (3) minutes for the NCU to configure the feature.

1.

Connect the NCU controllers in the multiple bays via the RS485 interface.

2.

Set one of the NCU controllers as the primary controller via the “Rect Expansion” menu item in the

OTHER SETTINGS menu.

3.

Set all other NCU controllers as secondary controllers via the “Rect Expansion” menu item in the OTHER SETTINGS menu.

4.

Set the Address of the NCU controllers set as secondary controllers to 201, 202, or 203 via the

“Address” menu item in the OTHER SETTINGS menu.

Note that each secondary controller must be set to a different address.

• Auto Config: Auto configures the controller for the devices connected to it.

• LCD Display Wizard: Selects to run the Start Wizard after the controller is restarted. Refer to the next section and

Figure 15 .

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[92]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Start Wizard Now (see

Figure 15 ).

Site Name Sub-Menu

Enter the site name and other site information.

Common Settings Sub-Menu

Date: Sets the date. Refer to “Changing the Date and Time” on page 20 for a procedure to change the

date.

Time: Sets the time. Refer to “Changing the Date and Time” on page 20 for a procedure to change the

time.

Battery Settings Sub-Menu

Float Voltage: Float Charge output voltage setting.

EQ Voltage: Equalize Charge output voltage setting.

TempComp Sensor: Select "None" for no temperature compensation, or the temperature probe (System T1, System T2, System T3, IB2 T1, IB2

T2, EIB T1, EIB T2, SMTemp1 T1, …, SMTemp1 T8,

SMTemp8 T1, …, SMTemp8 T8) sensing battery temperature for temperature compensation. You can also select Maximum or Average which takes the maximum or average reading of the temperature probes (any of System T1, System T2, System T3, IB2

T1, IB2 T2, EIB T1, EIB T2, SMTemp1 T1, …,

SMTemp1 T8, SMTemp8 T1, …, SMTemp8 T8) set as battery temperature probes. When used with an

SM-BRC, you can select to average the SM-BRC temperature probe readings.

NOTE:

The temperature compensation sensor is also the sensor which displays the battery temperature on the Web

Interface’s Homepage.

TempComp Center: Sets the temperature at which the system operates at normal voltage levels.

Temp Comp Coeff: Sets the temperature compensation slope or rate of change per °C above or below the "Temp Comp" setting. This value is expressed in millivolt per °C per string (mV/°C/str).

For example, for a rate of change of 72 mV/°C/str in a

24-cell 48V nominal battery string, the rate of change is 3 mV per cell.

Capacity Settings Sub-Menu

Batt1: Enter the battery string’s rated capacity.

Batt2: Enter the battery string’s rated capacity.

Alert

OK to Exit?

Press ESC to end the wizard or press ENT to continue the wizard to enter the following parameters.

ECO Parameter Sub-Menu

ECO Mode: Enables or disables the Energy

Optimization Mode feature for all rectifiers. When enabled, the following parameters can be set.

ALERT! The Energy Optimization Mode should NOT be used in systems that operate without batteries.

Best Oper Point: Percent of full load capacity that the rectifiers operate under in the Energy

Optimization mode.

Fluct Range: If load fluctuation is less than this value, rectifiers are not turned on or off for Energy

Optimization.

Cycle Period: This is the time period that rectifiers are turned on and off to maintain an equal operating time for all rectifiers in the system.

Rects ON Time: Time all rectifiers are turned on at

End of Cycle.

Alarm Settings Sub-Menu

Audible Alarm: Programs the audible alarm feature.

Off: Disables the audible alarm.

On: When a new alarm occurs, the audible alarm sounds. Press any key to silence the audible alarm.

3 min / 10 min / 1 hr / 4 hrs: When a new alarm occurs, the audible alarm sounds. The audible alarm automatically silences after the selected time period.

IP Address Sub-Menu

DHCP: The DHCP function allows the controller to acquire an IP address automatically. This function can only be enabled or disabled via the local display and keypad. If this function is enabled and the acquisition of an IP address fails, an alarm is generated. If the acquisition of an IP address is successful, you need to record the IP address automatically acquired by the controller to access the controller via the Web Interface. This IP address is displayed in the IP Address field below the DHCP setting in the local display menu (Main Menu /

Settings Icon / Comm Settings).

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[93]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

IP Address: Sets the controller's IP address. Enter the address in the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, where

0 ≤ nnn ≤ 255. The address must be a valid address and must not be 255.255.255.255.

Mask: Sets the controller's network netmask. Enter the address in the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, where

0 ≤ nnn ≤ 255.

Default Gateway: Sets the controller's gateway address. Enter the address in the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, where 0 ≤ nnn ≤ 255. This is the address of the gateway of the network on which the controller resides. The address must be a valid address and must not be 255.255.255.255.

• Over Voltage 1: Sets the Over Voltage 1 alarm point.

• Over Voltage 2: Sets the Over Voltage 2 alarm point.

• Under Voltage 1: Sets the Under Voltage 1 alarm point.

• Under Voltage 2: Sets the Under Voltage 2 alarm point.

• Conv Volt Set: Sets the output voltage for all converters.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[94]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Web Interface Screens

Overview of Web Function

This section provides descriptions of the Web Interface Screens. Refer also to “Passwords and Privilege Levels” on page 13 and “Using the

Web Interface” on page 15. For Local Display Menus, refer to “Local Display Menus” on page 72.

NOTE:

Best viewed at 1024 x 768 resolution.

Homepage

In the Web Interface, after entering a valid User Name and Password and clicking LOGIN , the "Homepage" window opens. See also

“Logging into the Controller” on page 19.

Figure 21.

NCU Homepage

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[95]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Figure 22.

NCU Homepage with Solar Converters

The homepage window is divided into six areas:

1.

System Status Information Area

2.

System Specifications Information Area

3.

Controller Specifications Information Area

4.

Alarms Area

5.

System Status Area

6.

Menu Navigation Area

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[96]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

System Status Information Area

Output voltage and output current are displayed here.

System Specifications Information Area

System specifications are displayed here.

Controller Specifications Information Area

Controller specifications are displayed here.

Figure 23.

System Status Information, System Specifications Information, and Controller Specifications Information Areas

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[97]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Alarms Area

Any alarms active in the power system are shown in this area.

When viewing the alarms, click the “arrow” icon to collapse the alarm list. Click the "arrow" icon to expand the alarm list. Also located next to the “arrow” icon is a check box named “Auto Popup”. When this box is checked and the alarm window is collapsed, a new alarm will cause the alarm window to expand.

Figure 24.

Alarms Area

The alarms area contains tabs to allow viewing all alarms or a type of alarm (severity). For example, click the Critical tab to display alarms set as Critical alarms.

NOTE:

Minor alarms are shaded yellow, major alarms are shaded orange, and critical alarms are shaded red.

Figure 25.

Critical Alarms Tab

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[98]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

System Status Area

System status is displayed in this area and consists of a Power System tab and a General Status tab.

Temperature Readings

• The temperature sensor set as “Ambient Temp Sensor” is the sensor which displays the ambient temperature on the Power

System tab.

POWER SYSTEM TAB

The Power System tab displays power system status in a graphical block diagram format. This includes status of the input power, modules (i.e. rectifiers, solar converters, converters), DC equipment, and battery. Also displayed are alarm status, ambient temperature, output voltage, output current, average current, and a load trend chart.

Figure 26.

Power System Tab

The power system status area is User interactive. Clicking on the various icons will take you to that devices status Web page. For example, clicking on the rectifier module icon opens the following Web page. This topic is further explained in the next section.

Figure 27.

Rectifier Module Status Web Page

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[99]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Device Group Status Pages

The power system status block diagram has interactive links. Clicking on a link takes you to that device group’s status page. A device group’s status page displays current or logged operating parameters for that device group.

The following sections describe the Module (i.e. rectifier, converter, solar converter), DC, and the Battery device groups as samples of how to use these links.

Figure 28.

Power System Status Page Block Diagram

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[100]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Module (Rectifier, Converter, Solar Converter) Device Group Status Page

Clicking on a rectifier, converter, or solar converter icon on the power system status block diagram opens up the status page for the module’s Device Group. The Module Device Group status page contains multiple tabs (depending on the modules installed in your power system). This includes Rectifier, Converter, and Solar Converter tabs.

Rectifier Device Group Status Page Tab

This tab displays status values such as “Total Current”, “Number of Rectifiers”, etc.

Figure 29.

Rectifier Device Group Status Page Tab

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[101]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Individual Rectifier Status Page

Displayed on the Rectifier Device Group status page are the individual rectifiers installed in the system. Click on an individual rectifier icon to display its status such as "Current", "Temperature", etc.

Figure 30.

Individual Rectifier Status Page

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[102]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Individual Rectifier Settings Page

In Figure 29 , if you hover the mouse pointer on an individual rectifier icon

individual rectifier settings page. Click

, this icon changes to

to go back to the individual rectifier status page.

Figure 31.

Selecting an Individual Rectifier Settings Page

. Click to go to the

Figure 32.

Individual Rectifier Settings Page

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[103]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

NOTE:

Settings that appear "grayed out" can only be made when the controller is in the "manual control" state. If the controller is set for

"automatic" control, change the “Auto/Manual State” setting first to the “Manual” setting.

• DC On/Off Control: Temporarily turns the rectifier’s DC output on or off when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• AC On/Off Control: Temporarily turns the rectifier’s AC input on or off when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• LED Control: Temporarily sets whether or not the rectifier's local power indicator blinks when the controller is communicating with the rectifier when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• Over Voltage Reset: Temporarily sets the rectifier’s over voltage reset feature when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• Rectifier ID: Sets the rectifier’s identification number.

• AC Feed: Indicates the phase connected to the rectifier’s input.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[104]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Solar Converter Device Group Status Page Tab

This tab displays status values such as “Total Current”, “Number of Solar Converters”, etc.

Figure 33.

Solar Converter Device Group Status Page Tab

Individual Solar Converter Status Page

Displayed on the Solar Converter Device Group status page are the individual solar converters installed in the system. Click on an individual solar converter icon to display its status such as "Input Current", "Output Power", etc.

Figure 34.

Individual Solar Converter Status Page

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[105]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Individual Solar Converter Settings Page

In Figure 35 , hover the mouse pointer on an individual solar converter icon

individual solar converter settings page. Click

, this icon changes to . Click

to go back to the individual solar converter status page.

Figure 35.

Selecting an Individual Solar Converter Settings Page

to go to the

Figure 36.

Individual Solar Converter Settings Page

NOTE:

Settings that appear "grayed out" can only be made when the controller is in the "manual control" state. If the controller is set for

"automatic" control, change the “Auto/Manual State” setting first to the “Manual” setting.

• DC On/Off Control: Temporarily turns the solar converter’s DC output on or off when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• LED Control: Temporarily sets whether or not a solar converter's local power indicator blinks when the controller is communicating with the solar converter when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• Over Voltage Reset: Temporarily sets the solar converter’s over voltage reset feature when the controller is in Manual mode.

Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• Solar Converter ID: Sets the solar converter’s identification number.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[106]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Converter Device Group Status Page Tab

This tab displays status values such as “Total Current”, “Number of Converters”, etc.

Figure 37.

Converter Device Group Status Page Tab

Individual Converter Status Page

Displayed on the Converter Device Group status page are the individual converters installed in the system. Click on an individual converter icon to display its status such as "Current", "Temperature", etc.

Figure 38.

Individual Converter Status Page

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[107]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Individual Converter Settings Page

In Figure 37 , hover the mouse pointer on an individual converter icon

converter settings page. Click

, this icon changes to

to go back to the individual converter status page.

Figure 39.

Selecting an Individual Converter Settings Page

. Click to go to the individual

Figure 40.

Individual Converter Settings Page

NOTE:

Settings that appear "grayed out" can only be made when the controller is in the "manual control" state. If the controller is set for

"automatic" control, change the “Auto/Manual State” setting first to the “Manual” setting.

• DC On/Off Control: Temporarily turns the converter’s DC output on or off when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• Over Voltage Reset: Temporarily sets the converter’s over voltage reset feature when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• LED Control: Temporarily sets whether or not a converter's local power indicator blinks when the controller is communicating with the converter when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• Converter ID: Sets the converter’s identification number.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[108]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

DC Device Group Status Page

Clicking on the DC icon on the power system status block diagram opens up the status page for the DC Device Group. The DC Device

Group status page contains multiple tabs (depending on the DC equipment installed in your power system). This includes DC, SMDU,

SMDUP, and EIB. The DC status page tab is shown next for an example.

DC Status Tab

This tab displays status values such as "DC Voltage" and “Total Load Current”.

Figure 41.

DC Device Group Status Tab

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[109]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Battery Device Group Status Page

Clicking on the battery icon on the power system status block diagram opens up the status page for the Battery Device Group. The

Battery Device Group status page displays battery status values such as "Battery Management State" and "Battery Temp". The actual

display of the Battery Device Group status page is dependent on the NCU configuration (see Figure 42 or Figure 43

or Figure 44 ).

Figure 42.

Battery Device Group Status Page

Figure 43.

Battery Device Group Status Page

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[110]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Figure 44.

Battery Device Group Status Page (FIAMM SoNick [Sodium Nickel] Battery)

Individual Battery Status Page

Displayed on the Battery Device Group status page are the individual batteries installed in the system. Hover the mouse over an individual battery icon to display its status such as "Battery Rating". The actual display of an Individual Battery status is dependent on the

NCU configuration (see Figure 45

or Figure 46 or Figure 47 ).

Figure 45.

Individual Battery Status Page

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[111]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Figure 46.

Individual Battery Status Page

Figure 47.

Individual Battery Status Page (FIAMM SoNick [Sodium Nickel] Battery)

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[112]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Individual Battery Capacity Trend Diagram or Info Screen

Displayed on the Battery Device Group status page are the individual batteries installed in the system. Click on an individual battery

(Battery 1 or Battery 2) to display its "Capacity Trend Diagram" or “info screen”. The actual display of an individual battery capacity trend

diagram or info screen is dependent on the NCU configuration (see Figure 48 or Figure 49 ).

Figure 48.

Individual Battery Capacity Trend Diagram

Figure 49.

Individual Battery Capacity Info Screen (FIAMM SoNick [Sodium Nickel] Battery)

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[113]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Individual Battery Settings Page

In Figure 42 , click on the

symbol located on an individual battery icon to go to the individual battery settings page. Click

to go back to the individual battery status page. See Figure 50 .

Figure 50.

Individual Battery Settings Page

• Rated Capacity: Enter the battery string's rated capacity.

• Shunt Current: Enter the battery string's shunt current rating.

• Shunt Voltage: Enter the battery string's shunt voltage.

Note that FIAMM SoNick (Sodium Nickel) Battery parameters cannot be changed. Refer to Figure 51 for what is displayed when the

symbol located on an individual FIAMM SoNick (Sodium Nickel) Battery icon is clicked on.

Figure 51.

Individual Battery Settings Page (FIAMM SoNick [Sodium Nickel] Battery)

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[114]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

GENERAL STATUS TAB

The General Status tab displays general status information as shown in the following illustration.

NOTE:

Temperature items are displayed only if temperature probes are connected.

Figure 52.

General Status Tab

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[115]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Menu Navigation Area

Available menus are displayed in this area. When a menu is clicked on, the system status screen is replaced with the selected menu’s screen. Note that there is a menu item named HOME to return to the system status screen.

Figure 53.

Menu Navigation Area

SETTINGS MENU

The Settings Menu allows you to change (if you have the proper privilege level programmed in your User settings) the settings of the various programmable parameters. Settings are grouped per function. Select a tab in the Settings Menu to change that function’s programmable parameters.

An orange “arrow” icon or indicates there are additional tabs. Click the orange "arrow" icon to view the additional tabs.

Note that some parameters can be set in more than one location in the Settings Menu. The Equipment Tab is equipment-based, while the remaining tabs are function-based. Therefore some settings will appear in both locations.

NOTE:

Some parameters are not available for NCU configurations that enable NCU capability to receive status information sent from

FIAMM SoNick (Sodium Nickel) batteries.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[116]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Figure 54.

Settings Menu

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[117]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Changing Programmable Parameters in the Settings Menu

To change a programmable parameter, select or enter a new value for the parameter then click on “Set” to change the value.

NOTE:

Settings that appear "grayed out" can only be made when the controller is in the "manual control" state. If the controller is set for

"automatic" control, change the “Auto/Manual State” setting first to the “Manual” setting.

NOTE:

Some parameters are not available for NCU configurations that enable NCU capability to receive status information sent from

FIAMM SoNick (Sodium Nickel) batteries.

Quick Settings Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions

• Site Settings: Enter a "Site Name", "Site Location", and "System Name".

• Time Settings: Enter the time or select "Get Local Time from Connected PC".

In the Time Settings section, click on "Get Local Time from Connected PC" and then “Set” to automatically set the date and time.

To manually set the date and time, click on “the clock symbol” and enter the date and time. Then select the “Confirm” button.

See Figure 55 . In the Time Settings section, click on “Set” to save the change.

Figure 55.

Manual Date and Time Menu

• Signal Settings: o Float Charge Voltage: Float Charge output voltage setting. o Equalize Charge Voltage: Equalize Charge output voltage setting. o Temp Compensation Probe: Select "None" for no temperature compensation, or the temperature probe (System Temp1,

System Temp2, System Temp3, IB2 Temp1, IB2 Temp2, EIB Temp1, EIB Temp2, SMTemp1 Temp1, …, SMTemp1 Temp8,

SMTemp8 Temp1, …, SMTemp8 Temp8) sensing battery temperature for temperature compensation. You can also select

Maximum or Average which takes the maximum or average reading of the temperature probes (any of System Temp1,

System Temp2, System Temp3, IB2 Temp1, IB2 Temp2, EIB Temp1, EIB Temp2, SMTemp1 Temp1, …, SMTemp1 Temp8,

SMTemp8 Temp1, …, SMTemp8 Temp8) set as battery temperature probes. When used with an SM-BRC, you can select to average the SM-BRC temperature probe readings (Average SMBRC setting).

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[118]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA o Temp Comp Coefficient (slope): Sets the temperature compensation slope or rate of change per °C above or below the

"Temperature Compensation Center" setting. This value is expressed in millivolt per °C per string (mV/°C/str). For example, for a rate of change of 72 mV/°C/str in a 24-cell 48V nominal battery string, the rate of change is 3 mV per cell. o Temperature Compensation Center: Sets the temperature at which the system operates at normal voltage levels. o ECO Mode: Enables or disables the Energy Optimization Mode feature for all rectifiers. When enabled, the following parameters can be set.

ALERT! The Energy Optimization Mode should NOT be used in systems that operate without batteries.

Alert

o Best Operating Point: Percent of full load capacity that the rectifiers operate under in the Energy Optimization Mode. o Load Fluctuation Range: If load fluctuation is less than this value, rectifiers are not turned on or off for Energy

Optimization. o Cycle Period: This is the time period that rectifiers are turned on and off to maintain an equal operating time for all rectifiers in the system. o All Rectifiers ON Time: Time all rectifiers are turned on at the end of the “Cycle Period”. o Outgoing Alarms Blocked:

Normal: Alarms are processed normally.

Blocked: Forces the alarm relays in the "off" state and blocks alarms from changing the relay state. o Batt1 Rated Capacity: Enter the battery string’s rated capacity. o SMDU1Batt2 Rated Capacity: Enter the battery string’s rated capacity.

Equipment Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions

Power System

• Relay Output 1 (2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 14, 15, 16, 17): Temporarily sets the relay active or not active when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting reverts to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

NOTE:

Relays 9-13 can be found in the EIB Equipment section, if equipped. (See page 122.)

• Clear Maintenance Run Time: In manual mode, the only selection for "Clear Maintenance Run Time" is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the Power System's Maintenance Run Time log is cleared.

• Under Voltage 1: Sets the Under Voltage 1 alarm point.

• Under Voltage 2: Sets the Under Voltage 2 alarm point.

• Over Voltage 1: Sets the Over Voltage 1 alarm point.

• Over Voltage 2: Sets the Over Voltage 2 alarm point.

• System Current Alarm: Sets the System Current alarm point.

• High Load Level1: Sets the High Load Level 1 alarm point (alarm point for total rectifier load).

• High Load Level2: Sets the High Load Level 2 alarm point (alarm point for total rectifier load).

Relay Test: Sets the Relay Test feature to Automatic, Manual, or Disabled. Refer to “Using the Relay Test Feature” on page 27.

• Relay Test Time: Sets the Relay Test Time for the Automatic Relay Test feature.

• Ambient Temp Sensor: Sets the temperature sensor which displays the ambient temperature on the Web Interface's

Homepage. Note that this temperature sensor MUST be set as an ambient temperature sensor. Select "None", or the

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[119]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA temperature probe (System Temp1, System Temp2, System Temp3, IB2 Temp1, IB2 Temp2, EIB Temp1, EIB Temp2, SMTemp1

Temp1, …, SMTemp1 Temp8, SMTemp8 Temp1, …, SMTemp8 Temp8). You can also select Maximum or Average which takes the maximum or average reading of the temperature probes (any of System Temp1, System Temp2, System Temp3, IB2

Temp1, IB2 Temp2, EIB Temp1, EIB Temp2, SMTemp1 Temp1, …, SMTemp1 Temp8, SMTemp8 Temp1, …, SMTemp8 Temp8) set as ambient temperature probes.

• Ambient Temp High2: Sets the Ambient Temperature High 2 alarm point.

• Ambient Temp High1: Sets the Ambient Temperature High 1 alarm point.

• Ambient Temp Low: Sets the Ambient Temperature Low alarm point.

• Fail Safe Mode: When enabled, sets the relay designated as the "Critical Summary" alarm relay to operate in the "fail safe" mode.

In this mode, the relay is energized during normal operation and de-energized for an alarm condition.

• Rectifier Expansion: o Inactive: Select this option if this is the only NCU controller in the power system. o Primary: Select this option if the power system consists of multiple bays with multiple NCU controllers and this controller is to be the primary controller. Note that only one (1) NCU controller can be set as the primary controller.

NOTE:

When primary is selected, the NCU will start auto configure. This process will take more than three (3) minutes.

o Secondary: Select this option if the power system consists of multiple bays with multiple NCU controllers and this controller is to be a secondary controller.

Alert

ALERT! DO NOT set the controller to Secondary from the Web Interface. You will not be able to log into the controller after it automatically reboots into secondary mode. Controllers to be designated as secondary controllers need to be set locally via the local keypad and display.

Primary/Secondary Procedure:

Up to four (4) NCU controllers can be connected together when a power system requires a greater number of rectifiers than can be controlled by a single NCU controller. One (1) controller is designated as the primary controller, the others as secondary controllers. The rectifiers controlled by the secondary controllers are designated as Rectifier Group 2 through 4 in the menus.

NOTE:

Changing the Rectifier Expansion setting may take more than 3 minutes for the NCU to configure the feature.

1.

Connect the NCU controllers in the multiple bays via the RS485 interface.

2.

Set one of the NCU controllers as the primary controller.

3.

Set all other NCU controllers as secondary controllers.

Alert

ALERT! DO NOT set the controller to Secondary from the Web Interface. You will not be able to log into the controller after it automatically reboots into secondary mode. Controllers to be designated as secondary controllers need to be set locally via the local keypad and display.

4.

Set the address of the NCU controllers set as secondary controllers to 201, 202, or 203. Note that each secondary controller must be set to a different address.

• Power Split Mode: Enables or disables the power split feature ("disabled" indicates the NCU system operates normally and

"enabled" indicates the NCU system is in Power Split Mode). See “Power Split Feature” on page 6 and “Power Split Feature” on page 30.

• Power Split Current Limit Value: Current limit point for power system designated as “System A” in a "Power Split" configuration.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[120]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• Delta Voltage: The offset voltage that the power system designated as “System A” in a "Power Split" configuration is set to. It is suggested to leave this value at the default (0.5 volts).

• Outgoing Alarms Blocked: o Normal: Alarms are processed normally. o Blocked: Forces the alarm relays in the "off" state and blocks alarms from changing the relay state.

• EStop / EShutdown o Disabled: Disables the Emergency Stop and Emergency Shutdown functions. o EStop: Enables the Emergency Stop function. o EShutdown: Enables the Emergency Shutdown function.

• LCD Audible Alarm o Off: Disables the audible alarm. o On: When a new alarm occurs, the audible alarm sounds. Press any key to silence the audible alarm. o 3 min / 10 min / 1 hr / 4 hrs: When a new alarm occurs, the audible alarm sounds. The audible alarm automatically silences after the selected time period.

• Auto/Manual State: o Auto: The controller automatically controls the power system. o Manual: A User can manually change certain power system control settings. When you return to Auto Mode, any settings changed in Manual Mode are returned to their previous setting (setting before being placed in Manual Mode). This provides a convenient means of making temporary adjustment changes for testing purposes.

• Manual Mode Time Limit: Time delay before returning to automatic control after being set for manual control. A "0" setting disables the "Manual Mode Time Limit" feature and the controller MUST be manually set to Auto control after being set to

Manual control.

• Maintenance Cycle: Enables or disables the maintenance cycle timer. When enabled, the following parameter can be set.

• Maintenance Cycle Time: The maintenance cycle time is the number of days before a maintenance alarm is issued. To reset the maintenance timer and clear the maintenance alarm, clear the maintenance run time (Clear Maintenance Run Time menu item,

see also “Clearing the Maintenance Alarm” on page 27).

• LCD Rotation: Sets the rotation of the text in the menus (allowing the controller to be mounted in different orientations). o 0 deg: Display will be in the horizontal position (M830B only). o 90 deg: Display will be in the vertical position (M830B only). o Big Screen: Setting for M830D only.

• Solar Mode: Sets solar mode as disabled, rect-solar, or solar mode.

• DI1 Alarm State through DI12 Alarm State: Sets the alarm state for the digital input (high or low).

AC Equipment

Rectifier AC

• Nominal AC Voltage: Enter the nominal line to neutral voltage (single feed rectifier) or nominal line to line voltage (three phase rectifier).

• Mains Failure Alarm Limit 1: Sets the Mains Failure Alarm 1 value (percent of nominal).

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[121]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• Mains Failure Alarm Limit 2: Sets the Mains Failure Alarm 2 value (percent of nominal).

Corresponding Alarms: o Phase A Voltage Low 1 (Nominal Minus "Mains Failure Alarm 1” Percent of Nominal) o Phase A Voltage Low 2 (Nominal Minus " Mains Failure Alarm 2” Percent of Nominal) o Phase A Voltage High 1 (Nominal Plus " Mains Failure Alarm 1” Percent of Nominal) o Phase A Voltage High 2 (Nominal Plus "V Mains Failure Alarm 2” Percent of Nominal)

Phase A used in the example above, Phase B and Phase C are similar.

DC Equipment

DC

• Load Shunt Exist: Selects whether a load shunt exists or not.

• Shunt Current: Enter the value of the load shunt's full current rating.

• Shunt Voltage: Enter the value of the load shunt's full scale voltage (at rated current).

• Current Break Value: Enter the value desired as the reference for the high current alarms (typically the rating of the breakers or fuses fed by the shunt, if applicable).

• Current High Current Limit: Enter the percentage value of the "Current Break Value" for alarm.

• Current Very High Current Limit: Enter the percentage value of the "Current Break Value" for alarm.

LVD Group

NOTE:

This feature requires a BTRM sensor. The BTRM sensor is the sensor which is used for the High Temperature Disconnect (HTD)

Feature.

• HTD Reconnect Point: Sets temperature at which a reconnect will occur following a high temperature disconnect.

• HTD Point: Sets high temperature limit at which LVD1 and/or LVD2 contactors will open (disconnect) if the HTD1 and/or HTD2 features are enabled. If this temperature is reached, a disconnect occurs regardless of voltage.

EIB Equipment

EIB 1

• Relay Output 9 (10, 11, 12, 13): Temporarily sets the relay active or not active when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting reverts to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• Shunt # Set As (Not Used, General, Load, Battery): o Not Used: Indicates this shunt input is not used. o General: Indicates the measurement of the shunt will be displayed and will not be added to Total DC Load or Total Battery

Load. o Load: Indicates the measurement of the shunt will be displayed and added to the Total DC Load. o Battery: Indicates the measurement of the shunt will be displayed and added to the Total Battery Load and used with

Battery Management.

• Shunt # Current: Enter the value of the shunt's full current rating.

• Shunt # Voltage: Enter the value of the shunt's full scale voltage (at rated current).

• Current# Break Value: Enter the value desired as the reference for the high current alarms (typically the rating of the breakers or fuses fed by the shunt, if applicable).

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[122]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• Current# High Current Limit: Enter the percentage value of the "Current# Break Value" for alarm.

• Current# Very High Current Limit: Enter the percentage value of the "Current# Break Value" for alarm.

• Voltage Type: The EIB assembly provides a total of eight (8) DC voltage inputs for battery block monitoring. o 24 (Block 2): Selects the EIB to monitor up to four (4) 24V battery strings with two (2) 12V blocks per string. o 48 (Block 4): Selects the EIB to monitor up to two (2) 48V battery strings with four (4) 12V blocks per string. o Mid Point: Selects the EIB to monitor the midpoint voltage of up to eight (8) battery strings for either 24V or 48V systems. o Disabled: Disables the battery block monitoring feature.

• Block In-Use Num: Number of 12V battery blocks being used.

• Block Voltage Diff (12V): This menu item appears if “24 (Block 2)” or “48 (Block 4)” is selected above. The “Block Voltage Diff

(12V)” setting selects the alarm threshold for battery block monitoring. The NCU issues an alarm when any block voltage of any battery string has an abnormal value. The alarm is issued when the difference between any block voltage and a reference voltage is greater than the value of the block voltage difference setting.

• Block Voltage Diff (Mid): This menu item appears if “Mid Point” is selected above. The “Block Voltage Diff (Mid)” setting selects the alarm threshold for battery midpoint monitoring. The NCU issues an alarm when any battery midpoint voltage of any battery string has an abnormal value. The alarm is issued when the difference between any battery midpoint voltage and a reference voltage is greater than the value of the block voltage difference setting.

OBLVD Equipment

LVD Unit

• LVD 1 Control: Temporarily connects or disconnects LVD 1 when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• LVD 2 Control: Temporarily connects or disconnects LVD 2 when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• LVD 1: Enables or disables LVD 1.

• LVD 1 Mode: Sets LVD 1 to disconnect on a voltage or time setpoint.

• LVD 1 Disconnect Voltage: LVD 1 low voltage disconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage)

• LVD 1 Reconnect Voltage: LVD 1 reconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD 1 Reconnect Delay: Delay time period until LVD 1 reconnects once voltage recovers (when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD 1 Time: The time period before LVD 1 disconnection once an AC fail condition occurs ( when LVD set for time).

• LVD 1 Dependency: Select if LVD 1 can disconnect only if LVD2 has disconnected, or none.

• LVD 2: Enables or disables LVD 2.

• LVD 2 Mode: Sets LVD 2 to disconnect on a voltage or time setpoint.

• LVD 2 Disconnect Voltage: LVD 2 low voltage disconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage)

• LVD 2 Reconnect Voltage: LVD 2 reconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD 2 Reconnect Delay: Delay time period until LVD 2 reconnects once voltage recovers (when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD 2 Time: The time period before LVD 2 disconnection once an AC fail condition occurs ( when LVD set for time).

• LVD 2 Dependency: Select if LVD 2 can disconnect only if LVD 1 has disconnected, or none.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[123]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• LVD 1 High Temp Disconnect: Enables or disables the High Temperature 1 Disconnect feature. This feature causes LVD 1

contactors to open (disconnect) if a high temperature event occurs. (See "LVD Group" under the “Equipment Tab

Programmable Parameter Descriptions” on page 119.)

• LVD 2 High Temp Disconnect: Enables or disables the High Temperature 2 Disconnect feature. This feature causes LVD 2

contactors to open (disconnect) if a high temperature event occurs. (See "LVD Group" under the “Equipment Tab

Programmable Parameter Descriptions” on page 119.)

• LVD Contactor Type: Select the type of LVD Contactor. This setting should not be changed.

OBBattFuse Equipment

Battery Fuse Unit

• Number of Battery Fuses: Designates the number of battery fuses in the system.

SMDU Equipment

SMDU 1

• Shunt # Set As (Not Used, General, Load, Battery): o Not Used: Indicates this shunt input is not used. o General: Indicates the measurement of the shunt will be displayed and will not be added to Total DC Load or Total Battery

Load. o Load: Indicates the measurement of the shunt will be displayed and added to the Total DC Load. o Battery: Indicates the measurement of the shunt will be displayed and added to the Total Battery Load and used with

Battery Management.

• Shunt # Current: Enter the shunt’s current rating.

• Shunt # Voltage: Enter the shunt’s voltage rating.

• Current # Break Value: Set the value of the circuit breaker size.

• Current # High Current Limit: Set the High Current Limit alarm point.

• Current # Very High Current Limit: Set the Very High Current Limit alarm point.

SMDUP Equipment

SMDUP 1

• Shunt # Current: Enter the shunt’s current rating.

• Shunt # Voltage: Enter the shunt’s voltage rating.

• Current # Break Value: Set the value of the circuit breaker size.

• Current # High Current Limit: Set the High Current Limit alarm point.

• Current # Very High Current Limit: Set the Very High Current Limit alarm point.

SMDUP 2

• Shunt # Current: Enter the shunt’s current rating.

• Shunt # Voltage: Enter the shunt’s voltage rating.

• Current # Break Value: Set the value of the circuit breaker size.

• Current # High Current Limit: Set the High Current Limit alarm point.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[124]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• Current # Very High Current Limit: Set the Very High Current Limit alarm point.

SM Temp Group

• Clear SM Temp Lost Alarm: Clears an SM Temp lost alarm. The only selection is Clear. Once Clear is selected and confirmed, the alarm clears.

SMTemp Environment

SM Temp 1

• Clear Probe Alarm: Clears an SM Temp Probe Fail alarm. The only selection is Clear. Once Clear is selected and confirmed, the alarm clears.

• SMTemp# Temp #: Sets temperature port # on the SM-Temp # module to None, Battery, or Ambient.

SMDU-LVD Environment

SMDU 1 LVD

• LVD 1 Control: Temporarily connects or disconnects LVD 1 when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• LVD 2 Control: Temporarily connects or disconnects LVD 2 when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• LVD 1: Enables or disables LVD 1.

• LVD 1 Mode: Sets LVD 1 to disconnect on a voltage or time setpoint.

• LVD 1 Disconnect Voltage: LVD 1 low voltage disconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage)

• LVD 1 Reconnect Voltage: LVD 1 reconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD 1 Reconnect Delay: Delay time period until LVD 1 reconnects once voltage recovers (when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD 1 Time: The time period before LVD 1 disconnection once an AC fail condition occurs ( when LVD set for time).

• LVD 1 Dependency: Select if LVD 1 can disconnect only if LVD2 has disconnected, or none.

• LVD 2: Enables or disables LVD 2.

• LVD 2 Mode: Sets LVD 2 to disconnect on a voltage or time setpoint.

• LVD 2 Disconnect Voltage: LVD 2 low voltage disconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage)

• LVD 2 Reconnect Voltage: LVD 2 reconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD 2 Reconnect Delay: Delay time period until LVD 2 reconnects once voltage recovers (when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD 2 Time: The time period before LVD 2 disconnection once an AC fail condition occurs ( when LVD set for time).

• LVD 2 Dependency: Select if LVD 2 can disconnect only if LVD 1 has disconnected, or none.

• LVD 1 High Temp Disconnect: Enables or disables the High Temperature 1 Disconnect feature. This feature causes LVD 1

contactors to open (disconnect) if a high temperature event occurs. (See "LVD Group" under the “Equipment Tab

Programmable Parameter Descriptions” on page 119.)

• LVD 2 High Temp Disconnect: Enables or disables the High Temperature 2 Disconnect feature. This feature causes LVD 2

contactors to open (disconnect) if a high temperature event occurs. (See "LVD Group" under the “Equipment Tab

Programmable Parameter Descriptions” on page 119.)

System Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions

• Under Voltage 1: Sets the Under Voltage 1 alarm point.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[125]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• Under Voltage 2: Sets the Under Voltage 2 alarm point.

• Over Voltage 1: Sets the Over Voltage 1 alarm point.

• Over Voltage 2: Sets the Over Voltage 2 alarm point.

• System Current Alarm: Sets the System Current alarm point.

• High Load Level1: Sets the High Load Level 1 alarm point (alarm point for total rectifier load).

• High Load Level2: Sets the High Load Level 2 alarm point (alarm point for total rectifier load).

Relay Test: Sets the Relay Test feature to Automatic, Manual, or Disabled. Refer to “Using the Relay Test Feature” on page 27.

• Relay Test Time: Sets the Relay Test Time for the Automatic Relay Test feature.

• Ambient Temp Sensor: Sets the temperature sensor which displays the ambient temperature on the Web Interface's

Homepage. Note that this temperature sensor MUST be set as an ambient temperature sensor. Select "None", or the temperature probe (System Temp1, System Temp2, System Temp3, IB2 Temp1, IB2 Temp2, EIB Temp1, EIB Temp2, SMTemp1

Temp1, …, SMTemp1 Temp8, SMTemp8 Temp1, …, SMTemp8 Temp8). You can also select Maximum or Average which takes the maximum or average reading of the temperature probes (any of System Temp1, System Temp2, System Temp3, IB2

Temp1, IB2 Temp2, EIB Temp1, EIB Temp2, SMTemp1 Temp1, …, SMTemp1 Temp8, SMTemp8 Temp1, …, SMTemp8 Temp8) set as ambient temperature probes.

• Ambient Temp High2: Sets the Ambient Temperature High 2 alarm point.

• Ambient Temp High1: Sets the Ambient Temperature High 1 alarm point.

• Ambient Temp Low: Sets the Ambient Temperature Low alarm point.

• Fail Safe Mode: When enabled, sets the relay designated as the "Critical Summary" alarm relay to operate in the "fail safe" mode.

In this mode, the relay is energized during normal operation and de-energized for an alarm condition.

• Rectifier Expansion: o Inactive: Select this option if this is the only NCU controller in the power system. o Primary: Select this option if the power system consists of multiple bays with multiple NCU controllers and this controller is to be the primary controller. Note that only one (1) NCU controller can be set as the primary controller.

NOTE:

When primary is selected, the NCU will start auto configure. This process will take more than three (3) minutes.

o Secondary: Select this option if the power system consists of multiple bays with multiple NCU controllers and this controller is to be a secondary controller.

Alert

ALERT! DO NOT set the controller to Secondary from the Web Interface. You will not be able to log into the controller after it automatically reboots into secondary mode. Controllers to be designated as secondary controllers need to be set locally via the local keypad and display.

Primary/Secondary Procedure:

Up to four (4) NCU controllers can be connected together when a power system requires a greater number of rectifiers than can be controlled by a single NCU controller. One (1) controller is designated as the primary controller, the others as secondary controllers. The rectifiers controlled by the secondary controllers are designated as Rectifier Group 2 through 4 in the menus.

NOTE:

Changing the Rectifier Expansion setting may take more than 3 minutes for the NCU to configure the feature.

1.

Connect the NCU controllers in the multiple bays via the RS485 interface.

2.

Set one of the NCU controllers as the primary controller.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[126]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

3.

Set all other NCU controllers as secondary controllers.

Alert

ALERT! DO NOT set the controller to Secondary from the Web Interface. You will not be able to log into the controller after it automatically reboots into secondary mode. Controllers to be designated as secondary controllers need to be set locally via the local keypad and display.

4.

Set the address of the NCU controllers set as secondary controllers to 201, 202, or 203. Note that each secondary controller must be set to a different address.

• Power Split Mode: Enables or disables the power split feature ("disabled" indicates the NCU system operates normally and

"enabled" indicates the NCU system is in Power Split Mode). See “Power Split Feature” on page 6 and “Power Split Feature” on page 30.

• Power Split Current Limit Value: Current limit point for power system designated as “System A” in a "Power Split" configuration.

• Delta Voltage: The offset voltage that the power system designated as “System A” in a "Power Split" configuration is set to. It is suggested to leave this value at the default (0.5 volts).

• Outgoing Alarms Blocked: o Normal: Alarms are processed normally. o Blocked: Forces the alarm relays in the "off" state and blocks alarms from changing the relay state.

• EStop / EShutdown o Disabled: Disables the Emergency Stop and Emergency Shutdown functions. o EStop: Enables the Emergency Stop function. o EShutdown: Enables the Emergency Shutdown function.

• LCD Audible Alarm o Off: Disables the audible alarm. o On: When a new alarm occurs, the audible alarm sounds. Press any key to silence the audible alarm. o 3 min / 10 min / 1 hr / 4 hrs: When a new alarm occurs, the audible alarm sounds. The audible alarm automatically silences after the selected time period.

• Auto/Manual State: o Auto: The controller automatically controls the power system. o Manual: A User can manually change certain power system control settings. When you return to Auto Mode, any settings changed in Manual Mode are returned to their previous setting (setting before being placed in Manual Mode). This provides a convenient means of making temporary adjustment changes for testing purposes.

• Manual Mode Time Limit: Time delay before returning to automatic control after being set for manual control. A "0" setting disables the "Manual Mode Time Limit" feature and the controller MUST be manually set to Auto control after being set to

Manual control.

• Maintenance Cycle: Enables or disables the maintenance cycle timer. When enabled, the following parameter can be set.

• Maintenance Cycle Time: The maintenance cycle time is the number of days before a maintenance alarm is issued. To reset the maintenance timer and clear the maintenance alarm, clear the maintenance run time (Clear Maintenance Run Time menu item,

see also “Clearing the Maintenance Alarm” on page 27).

• Clear Maintenance Run Time: In manual mode, the only selection for "Clear Maintenance Run Time" is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the Power System's Maintenance Run Time log is cleared.

• LCD Rotation: Sets the rotation of the text in the menus (allowing the controller to be mounted in different orientations).

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[127]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA o 0 deg: Display will be in the horizontal position (M830B only). o 90 deg: Display will be in the vertical position (M830B only). o Big Screen: Setting for M830D only.

• Solar Mode: Sets solar mode as disabled, rect-solar, or solar mode.

• DI1 Alarm State through DI12 Alarm State: Sets the alarm state for the digital input (high or low).

• Relay Output 1 (2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17): Temporarily sets the relay active or not active when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting reverts to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

Battery Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions

• Equalize/Float Charge Control: Places the system in Equalize Charge or Float Charge mode.

• Float Voltage(Solar): Float charge output voltage setting for solar when the “Solar Mode” setting under “System” TAB in Web

Interface is set to either “RECT-SOLAR” or “SOLAR”.

• Equalize Charge Voltage: Equalize charge output voltage setting for solar when the “Solar Mode” setting under “System” TAB in Web Interface is set to either “RECT-SOLAR” or “SOLAR”.

• Float Voltage(RECT): Float charge output voltage setting for rectifier when the “Solar Mode” setting under “System” TAB in

Web Interface is set to “RECT-SOLAR” or “Disabled”.

• Equalize Charge Voltage: Equalize charge output voltage setting for rectifier when the “Solar Mode” setting under “System”

TAB in Web Interface is set to “RECT-SOLAR” or “Disabled”.

• Number of Battery Shunts: Sets the number of battery shunts in the system.

• Batt1 Rated Capacity: Enter the battery string's rated capacity.

• Batt2 Rated Capacity: Enter the battery string's rated capacity.

• Reset Battery Capacity: Resets the battery capacity calculation. The only selection is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the battery capacity calculation is reset.

NOTE:

Only reset the battery capacity when the battery is fully charged; otherwise, the battery charge status may not be accurate.

• Batt1 Shunt Current: Enter the value of the Battery1 shunt's full current rating.

• Batt1 Shunt Voltage: Enter the value of the Battery1 shunt's full scale voltage (at rated current).

• Current Break Value: Enter the value desired as the reference for the high current alarms (typically the rating of the breakers or fuses fed by the shunt, if applicable).

• Current High Current Limit: Enter the percentage value of the "Current# Break Value" for alarm.

• Current Very High Current Limit: Enter the percentage value of the "Current# Break Value" for alarm.

• Batt2 Shunt Current: Enter the value of the Battery2 shunt's full current rating.

• Batt2 Shunt Voltage: Enter the value of the Battery2 shunt's full scale voltage (at rated current).

• Current Break Value: Enter the value desired as the reference for the high current alarms (typically the rating of the breakers or fuses fed by the shunt, if applicable).

• Current High Current Limit: Enter the percentage value of the "Current# Break Value" for alarm.

• Current Very High Current Limit: Enter the percentage value of the "Current# Break Value" for alarm.

• Calculate Battery Current: Selects whether or not the NCU calculates the battery current in the case of no battery shunt (load shunt required).

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[128]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• Temp Compensation Probe: Select "None" for no temperature compensation, or the temperature probe (System Temp1,

System Temp2, System Temp3, IB2 Temp1, IB2 Temp2, EIB Temp1, EIB Temp2, SMTemp1 Temp1, …, SMTemp1 Temp8,

SMTemp8 Temp1, …, SMTemp8 Temp8) sensing battery temperature for temperature compensation. You can also select

Maximum or Average which takes the maximum or average reading of the temperature probes (any of System Temp1, System

Temp2, System Temp3, IB2 Temp1, IB2 Temp2, EIB Temp1, EIB Temp2, SMTemp1 Temp1, …, SMTemp1 Temp8, SMTemp8

Temp1, …, SMTemp8 Temp8) set as battery temperature probes. When used with an SM-BRC, you can select to average the

SM-BRC temperature probe readings (Average SMBRC setting).

• Comp Temp High 2: Sets the Compensation Temperature High 2 alarm point.

• Comp Temp High 1: Sets the Compensation Temperature High 1 alarm point.

• Comp Temp Low: Sets the Compensation Temperature Low alarm point.

• Temperature Compensation Center: Sets the temperature at which the system operates at normal voltage levels.

• Temp Comp Coefficient (slope): Sets the temperature compensation slope or rate of change per °C above or below the

"Temperature Compensation Center" setting. This value is expressed in millivolt per °C per string (mV/°C/str). For example, for a rate of change of 72 mV/°C/str in a 24-cell 48V nominal battery string, the rate of change is 3 mV per cell.

• Temp Comp Voltage Clamp: Enables or disables the temperature compensation voltage clamp feature.

• Temp Comp Max Voltage: Upper voltage limit where battery temperature compensation clamps the voltage.

• Temp Comp Min Voltage: Lower voltage limit where battery temperature compensation clamps the voltage.

• BTRM Temp Sensor: Sets the BTRM (Battery Thermal Runaway Management) temperature sensor. Note that this temperature sensor MUST be set as a battery temperature sensor. Select "None", or the temperature probe (System Temp1, System Temp2,

System Temp3, IB2 Temp1, IB2 Temp2, EIB Temp1, EIB Temp2, SMTemp1 Temp1, …, SMTemp1 Temp8, SMTemp8 Temp1, …,

SMTemp8 Temp8). You can also select Maximum or Average which takes the maximum or average reading of the temperature probes (any of System Temp1, System Temp2, System Temp3, IB2 Temp1, IB2 Temp2, EIB Temp1, EIB Temp2, SMTemp1

Temp1, …, SMTemp1 Temp8, SMTemp8 Temp1, …, SMTemp8 Temp8) set as battery temperature probes. When used with an

SM-BRC, you can select to average the SM-BRC temperature probe readings.

NOTE:

The BTRM sensor is the sensor which is used for the High Temperature Disconnect (HTD) Feature.

• BTRM Temp High 2: Sets the BTRM Temperature High 2 alarm point. If battery temperature exceeds this setting, system voltage is lowered to the “BTRM Voltage” setting (if “BTRM Action” is set to “Lower Voltage”).

• BTRM Temp High 1: Sets the BTRM Temperature High 1 alarm point.

• BTRM Action: o Disabled: Disables the Battery Thermal Runaway Management feature. o Lower Voltage: Sets the Battery Thermal Runaway Management feature to reducing the output voltage when battery temperature exceeds the BTRM Temperature High 2 alarm point.

• BTRM Voltage: Voltage that the system is set to when battery temperature exceeds the “BTRM Temperature High2” alarm point.

• Low Capacity Point: Battery low capacity alarm set point.

• Current Limit Mode: Selects the current limit mode (Yes or No).

• Battery Current Limit: Maximum battery charging current setting. For example, a value of 0.150C10 means that the charging current is limited to 15% of the battery’s nominal capacity.

• Over Current Limit: Battery over current alarm setting. For example, a value of 0.300C10 means that when the charging current reaches 30% of the battery’s nominal capacity, an alarm will be extended.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[129]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• Automatic Equalize: Enables or disables the Automatic Equalize Charge feature. When enabled, the following parameters can be set. o Equalize Start Current: The system is transferred to Equalize Charge mode when battery charge current increases to this setting. For example, a value of 0.060C10 means that an Automatic Equalize is started if the battery charge current is greater than 6% of the battery’s nominal capacity. o Equalize Start Capacity: The system is transferred to Equalize Charge mode when remaining battery capacity decreases to this setting. o Equalize Stop Current: When in Equalize Charge mode and the battery charge current decreases below this setting for the

"Equalize Charge Stop Delay Time" time period, the system is transferred to Float Charge mode. For example, a value of

0.010C10 means that when the charging current is less than 1% of the battery's nominal capacity, the system returns to the

Float mode. o Equalize Stop Delay Time: See "Equalize Stop Current" above.

NOTE:

If the power system has been automatically placed in Equalize mode, disabling Automatic Equalize will

not

return the system to

Float mode until the current Equalize cycle is completed. To return immediately to Float mode, select Float Charge for the Equalize/Float

Charge Control setting.

• Maximum Equalize Charge Time: This is the maximum duration, in minutes, that an automatic equalize charge will last regardless of the other settings.

• Cyclic Equalize : Enables or disables cyclic (scheduled) equalize charging. When enabled, the following parameters can be set. o Cyclic Equalize Interval: Cyclic (scheduled) equalize charging interval. o Cyclic Equalize Duration: Cyclic (scheduled) equalize charging duration.

• Charging Efficiency: Value used to calculate remaining capacity of the battery.

• Time 0.1C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 0.1C10.

• Time 0.2C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 0.2C10.

• Time 0.3C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 0.3C10.

• Time 0.4C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 0.4C10.

• Time 0.5C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 0.5C10.

• Time 0.6C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 0.6C10.

• Time 0.7C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 0.7C10.

• Time 0.8C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 0.8C10.

• Time 0.9C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 0.9C10.

• Time 1.0C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 1.0C10.

• Clear Abnormal Bat Current Alarm: Clears an abnormal battery current alarm. The only selection is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the alarm clears.

ECO Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions

Alert

• ECO Mode: Enables or disables the Energy Optimization Mode feature for all rectifiers. When enabled, the following parameters can be set.

ALERT! The Energy Optimization Mode should NOT be used in systems that operate without batteries. o Best Operating Point: Percent of full load capacity that the rectifiers operate under in the Energy Optimization mode.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[130]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA o Load Fluctuation Range: If load fluctuation is less than this value, rectifiers are not turned on or off for Energy Optimization. o System Energy Saving Point: Energy Optimization is disabled if the load is greater than this setting. o Cycle Period: This is the time period that rectifiers are turned on and off to maintain an equal operating time for all rectifiers in the system. o All Rectifiers ON Time: Time all rectifiers are turned on at the end of the “Cycle Period”. o Turn Off Delay: When the Energy Optimization feature determines a rectifier can be switched off, this is the time delay before the rectifier is turned off.

• Reset Cycle Alarm: Resets the ECO Cycle Alarm. The only selection is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the alarm resets.

LVD Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions

LVD Unit

• LVD 1: Enables or disables LVD 1.

• LVD 1 Mode: Sets LVD 1 to disconnect on a voltage or time setpoint.

• LVD 1 Disconnect Voltage: LVD 1 low voltage disconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage)

• LVD 1 Reconnect Voltage: LVD 1 reconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD 1 Reconnect Delay: Delay time period until LVD 1 reconnects once voltage recovers (when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD 1 Time: The time period before LVD 1 disconnection once an AC fail condition occurs ( when LVD set for time).

• LVD 1 Dependency: Select if LVD 1 can disconnect only if LVD2 has disconnected, or none.

• LVD 1 High Temp Disconnect: Enables or disables the High Temperature 1 Disconnect feature. This feature causes LVD 1

contactors to open (disconnect) if a high temperature event occurs. (See "LVD Group" under the “Equipment Tab

Programmable Parameter Descriptions” on page 119.)

• LVD 2: Enables or disables LVD 2.

• LVD 2 Mode: Sets LVD 2 to disconnect on a voltage or time setpoint.

• LVD 2 Disconnect Voltage: LVD 2 low voltage disconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage)

• LVD 2 Reconnect Voltage: LVD 2 reconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD 2 Reconnect Delay: Delay time period until LVD 2 reconnects once voltage recovers (when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD 2 Time: The time period before LVD 2 disconnection once an AC fail condition occurs ( when LVD set for time).

• LVD 2 Dependency: Select if LVD 2 can disconnect only if LVD 1 has disconnected, or none.

• LVD 2 High Temp Disconnect: Enables or disables the High Temperature 2 Disconnect feature. This feature causes LVD 2

contactors to open (disconnect) if a high temperature event occurs. (See "LVD Group" under the “Equipment Tab

Programmable Parameter Descriptions” on page 119.)

• LVD Contactor Type: Select the type of LVD Contactor. This setting should not be changed.

• LVD 1 Control: Temporarily connects or disconnects LVD 1 when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• LVD 2 Control: Temporarily connects or disconnects LVD 2 when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

SMDU 1 LVD

• LVD 1: Enables or disables LVD 1.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[131]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• LVD 1 Mode: Sets LVD 1 to disconnect on a voltage or time setpoint.

• LVD 1 Disconnect Voltage: LVD 1 low voltage disconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage)

• LVD 1 Reconnect Voltage: LVD 1 reconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD 1 Reconnect Delay: Delay time period until LVD 1 reconnects once voltage recovers (when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD 1 Time: The time period before LVD 1 disconnection once an AC fail condition occurs ( when LVD set for time).

• LVD 1 Dependency: Select if LVD 1 can disconnect only if LVD2 has disconnected, or none.

• LVD 1 High Temp Disconnect: Enables or disables the High Temperature 1 Disconnect feature. This feature causes LVD 1

contactors to open (disconnect) if a high temperature event occurs. (See "LVD Group" under the “Equipment Tab

Programmable Parameter Descriptions” on page 119.)

• LVD 2: Enables or disables LVD 2.

• LVD 2 Mode: Sets LVD 2 to disconnect on a voltage or time setpoint.

• LVD 2 Disconnect Voltage: LVD 2 low voltage disconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage)

• LVD 2 Reconnect Voltage: LVD 2 reconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD 2 Reconnect Delay: Delay time period until LVD 2 reconnects once voltage recovers (when LVD set for voltage).

• LVD 2 Time: The time period before LVD 2 disconnection once an AC fail condition occurs ( when LVD set for time).

• LVD 2 Dependency: Select if LVD 2 can disconnect only if LVD 1 has disconnected, or none.

• LVD 2 High Temp Disconnect: Enables or disables the High Temperature 2 Disconnect feature. This feature causes LVD 2

contactors to open (disconnect) if a high temperature event occurs. (See "LVD Group" under the “Equipment Tab

Programmable Parameter Descriptions” on page 119.)

• LVD 1 Control: Temporarily connects or disconnects LVD 1 when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• LVD 2 Control: Temporarily connects or disconnects LVD 2 when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

Temp Probes Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions

• IB2 Temp 1: Sets temperature port 1 on the IB2 board to None, Battery, or Ambient.

• IB2 Temp1 High 2: Sets temperature port 1 on the IB2 board “Temperature High 2” alarm point.

• IB2 Temp1 High 1: Sets temperature port 1 on the IB2 board “Temperature High 1” alarm point.

• IB2 Temp1 Low: Sets temperature port 1 on the IB2 board “Temperature Low” alarm point.

• IB2 Temp 2: Sets temperature port 2 on the IB2 board to None, Battery, or Ambient.

• IB2 Temp2 High 2: Sets temperature port 2 on the IB2 board “Temperature High 2” alarm point.

• IB2 Temp2 High 1: Sets temperature port 2 on the IB2 board “Temperature High 1” alarm point.

• IB2 Temp2 Low: Sets temperature port 2 on the IB2 board “Temperature Low” alarm point.

• EIB Temp 1: Sets temperature port 1 on the EIB board to None, Battery, or Ambient.

• EIB Temp1 High 2: Sets temperature port 1 on the EIB board “Temperature High 2” alarm point.

• EIB Temp1 High 1: Sets temperature port 1 on the EIB board “Temperature High 1” alarm point.

• EIB Temp1 Low: Sets temperature port 1 on the EIB board “Temperature Low” alarm point.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[132]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• EIB Temp 2: Sets temperature port 2 on the EIB board to None, Battery, or Ambient.

• EIB Temp2 High 2: Sets temperature port 2 on the EIB board “Temperature High 2” alarm point.

• EIB Temp2 High 1: Sets temperature port 2 on the EIB board “Temperature High 1” alarm point.

• EIB Temp2 Low: Sets temperature port 2 on the EIB board “Temperature Low” alarm point.

• SMTemp# Temp #: Sets temperature port # on the SM-Temp # module to None, Battery, or Ambient.

• SMTemp# Temp# High 2: Sets temperature port # on the SM-Temp # module “Temperature High 2” alarm point.

• SMTemp# Temp# High 1: Sets temperature port # on the SM-Temp # module “Temperature High 1” alarm point.

• SMTemp# Temp# Low: Sets temperature port # on the SM-Temp # module “Temperature Low” alarm point.

Rectifiers Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions

• Current Limit: Enables or disables adjusting the output current limit point.

NOTE:

By default this is set to disabled. When disabled, rectifier current limit is set in the rectifier (not via the NCU) at the maximum current limit point.

• Current Limit Point: Sets the output current limit point for all rectifiers combined when the “Current Limit” setting above is set to enabled.

• HVSD: Enables or disables the High Voltage Shutdown feature for all rectifiers.

• HVSD Limit: Sets the High Voltage Shutdown point for all rectifiers when the “HVSD” setting above is set to enabled.

• Restart on HVSD: Enables or disables the High Voltage Shutdown Restart feature for all rectifiers.

• HVSD Restart Time: When the High Voltage Shutdown Restart feature is enabled and the output exceeds the high voltage limit, the rectifiers restart after this time period expires.

• Walk-In: Enables or disables the start-up walk-in feature for all rectifiers.

• Walk- In Time: Sets the start-up walk-in time when the “Walk-In” setting above is set to enabled.

• Sequence Start Interval: Sets the sequence start interval (time period between starting each rectifier in the system).

• Nominal AC Voltage: Enter the nominal line to neutral voltage (signal phase rectifier) or nominal line to line voltage (three phase rectifier).

• Mains Failure Alarm Limit 1: Sets the Mains Failure Alarm 1 value (percent of nominal).

• Mains Failure Alarm Limit 2: Sets the Mains Failure Alarm 2 value (percent of nominal).

Corresponding Alarms: o Phase A Voltage Low 1 (Nominal Minus "Mains Failure Alarm 1” Percent of Nominal) o Phase A Voltage Low 2 (Nominal Minus " Mains Failure Alarm 2” Percent of Nominal) o Phase A Voltage High 1 (Nominal Plus " Mains Failure Alarm 1” Percent of Nominal) o Phase A Voltage High 2 (Nominal Plus "V Mains Failure Alarm 2” Percent of Nominal)

Phase A used in the example above, Phase B and Phase C are similar.

• Turn On when AC Over Voltage: Enables or disables the "Rectifier On at AC Overvoltage" feature. When the system is operating on “weak” grid input power (i.e. diesel generator), the input voltage may have a very high peak voltage which may cause a rectifier not to turn on. If “Rectifier On at AC Overvoltage" feature is enabled, the rectifier is forced to turn on.

• Input Current Limit: Sets the Input Current Limit point for all rectifiers.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[133]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• MixHE Power: Allows the system to use rectifiers of different output capacity. When set to derated power, the output capacity of the higher capacity rectifiers are set to the capacity of the lowest.

• Diesel Generator Power Limit: Enables or disables the Diesel Generator Power Limit feature. This feature limits rectifier output power to a percentage of maximum when AC input is supplied by a diesel-alternator set.

• Diesel Generator Digital Input: Sets the digital input monitoring the grid.

• Diesel Gen Power Limit Point Set: Sets, as a percentage, the maximum output power at which rectifiers can operate when: 1. the Diesel Power Limit feature is enabled and 2. a digital input signal is received from the connected diesel-alternator set.

• Rectifier Trim: Temporarily sets the output voltage for all rectifiers when the controller is in Manual mode. Voltage can be increased or decreased from the existing Float Charge or Equalize Charge setting, depending which mode the controller was in when set to "Manual". Setting reverts to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• DC On/Off Control: Temporarily turns the DC output on or off for all rectifiers when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• AC On/Off Control: Temporarily turns the AC input on or off for all rectifiers when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• Rectifiers LED Control: Temporarily sets whether or not a rectifier’s local power indicator blinks when the controller is communicating with the rectifier when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• Fan Speed Control: Sets the fan speed for all rectifiers.

• Confirm Rectifier ID/Feed: After changing rectifier ID and/or input feed assignments, use this menu item to confirm the change.

The only selection is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the ID and feed setting of all rectifiers are updated.

• Reset Rectifier IDs: Resets the rectifier IDs after they have been previously changed and confirmed. The only selection is Yes.

Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the NCU resets the rectifier IDs by reassigning ID numbers.

• Reset Cycle Alarm: Resets a rectifier oscillator alarm. The only selection is Clear. Once Clear is selected and confirmed, the alarm clears.

• Clear Rectifier Lost Alarm: Clears a rectifier lost alarm. The only selection is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the alarm clears.

• Clear Rectifier Comm Fail Alarm: Clears a rectifier communication fail alarm. The only selection is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the alarm clears.

DC/DC Converters Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions

• Output Voltage: Sets the output voltage for all converters.

• Current Limit: Enables or disables adjusting the output current limit point.

• Current Limit Point: Sets the output current limit point for all converters combined when the “Current Limit” setting above is set to enabled.

• HVSD: Enables or disables the High Voltage Shutdown feature for all converters.

• HVSD Limit: Sets the High Voltage Shutdown point for all converters when the “HVSD” setting above is set to enabled.

• Under Voltage: Sets the converter Under Voltage alarm point.

• Over Voltage: Sets the converter Over Voltage alarm point.

• Over Current: Sets the converter Over Current alarm point.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[134]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• Converter Trim(24V): Temporarily sets the output voltage for all converters when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• Converters LED Control: Temporarily sets whether or not a converter’s local power indicator blinks when the controller is communicating with the converter when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• Fan Speed Control: Sets the fan speed for all converters.

• Confirm Converter ID: After changing converter ID assignments, use this menu item to confirm the change. The only selection is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the ID setting of all converters is updated.

• Reset Converter IDs: Resets the converter IDs after they have been previously changed and confirmed. The only selection is

Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the NCU resets the converter IDs by reassigning ID numbers.

• Clear Converter Lost Alarm: Clears a converter lost alarm. The only selection is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the alarm clears.

• Clear All Converters Comm Fail: Clears an “All Converter Comm Fail” alarm. The only selection is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the alarm clears.

• Clear Converter Comm Fail: Clears all “Converter Comm Fail” alarms. The only selection is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the alarm(s) clears.

Solar Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions

• Solar Converter Current Limit: Sets the output current limit point for all solar converters combined.

• HVSD Limit: Sets the High Voltage Shutdown point for all solar converters.

• Restart on HVSD: Enables or disables the High Voltage Shutdown Restart feature for all solar converters.

• HVSD Restart Time: When the High Voltage Shutdown Restart feature is enabled and the output exceeds the high voltage limit, the solar converters restart after this time period expires.

• Walk-In: Enables or disables the start-up walk-in feature for all solar converters.

• Walk- In Time: Sets the start-up walk-in time when the “Walk-In” setting above is set to enabled.

• Sequence Start Interval: Sets the sequence start interval (time period between starting each solar converter in the system).

• Solar Converter Trim: Temporarily sets the output voltage for all solar converters when the controller is in Manual mode.

Voltage can be increased or decreased from the existing Float Charge or Equalize Charge setting, depending which mode the controller was in when set to "Manual". Setting reverts to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• DC On/Off Control: Temporarily turns the DC output on or off for all solar converters when the controller is in Manual mode.

Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• Solar Converter LED Control: Temporarily sets whether or not a solar converter’s local power indicator blinks when the controller is communicating with the solar converter when the controller is in Manual mode. Setting returns to original when controller is returned to the Auto mode.

• Fan Speed Control: Sets the fan speed for all solar converters.

• Confirm Solar Converter ID: After changing solar converter ID assignments, use this menu item to confirm the change. The only selection is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the ID setting of all solar converters is updated.

• Reset Solar Converter IDs: Resets the solar converter IDs after they have been previously changed and confirmed. The only selection is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the NCU resets the solar converter IDs by reassigning ID numbers.

• Clear Solar Converter Lost Alarm: Clears a solar converter lost alarm. The only selection is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the alarm clears.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[135]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Battery Test Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions

• Battery Test Control: Starts or stops battery test.

• AC Fail Test: Enables or disables starting a battery discharge test during an AC input failure condition.

• Constant Current Test: Enables or disables a Constant Current Battery Discharge Test. During this test, the controller automatically adjusts the rectifiers' output voltage to maintain the battery discharge current at a preset value (Constant Current

Test Current).

• Constant Current Test Current: Constant current setting for a Constant Current Battery Discharge Test.

• Short Test: Enables or disables a Short Battery Discharge Test. A Short Battery Discharge Test is a short duration battery discharge test used to verify that parallel batteries are discharging equally. If the discharge current difference between the two batteries exceeds a preset value, an alarm is generated.

NOTE:

This test requires a system with two battery shunts.

• Short Test Cycle: Short Battery Discharge Test interval (days).

• Short Test Time: Short Battery Discharge Test time (minutes).

• Short Test Max Difference Current: An alarm is generated if the maximum difference between discharge currents of the two batteries exceeds this limit.

• Test Voltage Level: System output voltage setting during a battery discharge test.

• End Test Voltage: This is the "end of test voltage level" for battery discharge tests. A battery discharge test will end if battery voltage decreases to this setting.

• End Test Time: This is the "end of test time period” for battery discharge tests. A battery discharge test will end if this time period is exceeded.

• End Test Capacity: This is the "end of test remaining battery capacity" for battery discharge tests. A battery discharge test will end if remaining battery capacity decreases to this setting. For example, a value of 0.700C10 means that when the discharging current reaches 70% of the battery's nominal capacity, the battery test is ended.

• Record Threshold: Every time the battery voltage is changed more than this threshold, a new line is stored in the battery test log.

• Number of Planned Tests per Year: Number of planned battery discharge test per year. There can be up to twelve (12) battery discharge tests per year. A "0" setting disables the planned test feature.

• Planned Test # (MM-DD Hr): Setting for when planned battery discharge test # occurs. Note that there can be up to twelve (12) battery discharge tests per year.

• Clear Bad Battery Alarm: Clears a bad battery alarm. The only selection is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the alarm clears.

• Clear Battery Test Fail Alarm: Clears a battery test fail alarm. The only selection is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the alarm clears.

• Clear Discharge Curr Imbalance: Clears a discharge current imbalance alarm. The only selection is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the alarm clears.

Time Settings Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions

See also “Changing the Date and Time” on page 20.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[136]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• Specify Time o Get Local Time from Connected PC: Allows you to automatically set the time. When selected, the controller will get the same time as the connected PC. o Date & Time: Allows you to manually set the date and time.

• Local Zone (for synchronization with time servers): When selected, the controller will get the local zone automatically or you can enter the zone.

• Get time automatically from the following servers. o When selected, the controller will get the time from the selected time server. The controller will also adjust the time per the "Local Zone" setting.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[137]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

HISTORY LOG MENU

The History Log Menu allows you to view and save the various logs available in the NCU.

Alarm History Log Tab

Select Device and Time

Select the "Device" to query from the drop-down list box. Select the "from" and "to" time.

Figure 56.

Alarm History Log Device and Time Selection

Query Alarm History Log

Click “Query” to query for alarms within selected time slot. The Web page displays the last 500 entries.

Figure 57.

Alarm History Log Query

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[138]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Upload Alarm History Log

Click “Upload” to open the log into another window. You can then save the log as an .html (Web page) or .txt (text) file.

Figure 58.

Alarm History Log Upload

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[139]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Battery Test Log Tab

Select Battery Test Number

Select the Battery Test Log to query from the drop-down list box. Battery test #1 is the most recent.

Figure 59.

Battery Test Log Number Selection

Query Selected Battery Test

Click “Query” to query the selected battery test. The Web page displays up to ten (10) battery tests.

NOTE:

Battery tests in which battery voltage changed less than the Record Threshold setting are not recorded.

Figure 60.

Battery Test Log Query

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[140]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Upload Battery Test Log

Click “Upload” to open the log into another window. You can then save the log as an .html (Web page) or .txt (text) file.

Figure 61.

Battery Test Log Upload

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[141]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Event Log Tab

Select Time

Select the "from" and "to" time.

Figure 62.

Event Log Time Selection

Query Event Log

Click “Query” to query the Event Log. The Web page displays the last 500 entries.

Figure 63.

Event Log Query

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[142]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Upload Event Log

Click “Upload” to open the log into another window. You can then save the log as an .html (Web page) or .txt (text) file.

Figure 64.

Event Log Upload

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[143]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Data History Log Tab

Select Device and Time

Select the "Device" to query from the drop-down list box. Select the "from" and "to" time.

Figure 65.

Data History Log Device and Time

Query Data History Log

Click “Query” to query for Date History within selected time slot. The Web page displays the last 500 entries.

Figure 66.

Data History Log Query

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[144]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Upload Data History Log

Click “Upload” to open the log into another window. You can then save the log as an .html (Web page) or .txt (text) file.

Figure 67.

Data History Log Upload

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[145]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

System Log Tab

Select Time

Select the "from" and "to" time.

Figure 68.

System Log Time Selection

Query System Log

Click “Query” to query the System Log. The Web page displays the last 500 entries.

Figure 69.

System Log Query

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[146]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Upload System Log

Click “Upload” to open the log into another window. You can then save the log as an .html (Web page) or .txt (text) file.

Figure 70.

System Log Upload

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[147]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

SYSTEM INVENTORY MENU

The System Inventory Menu allows you to view product information of the intelligent devices (i.e. rectifiers, converters, SMDUs, IB, etc.) connected to the controller.

Figure 71.

System Inventory Menu

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[148]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Figure 72.

System Inventory Menu (with FIAMM SoNick [Sodium Nickel] Battery)

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[149]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

ADVANCED SETTINGS MENU

The Advanced Settings Menu allows you to change (if you have the proper privilege level programmed in your User settings) the settings of the various advanced programmable parameters. Settings are grouped per function. Select a tab in the Advanced Settings Menu to change that functions programmable parameters.

Ethernet Tab

You can configure the controller's network parameters. IPv4: IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Default Gateway. IPv6: IPv6 Address, IPv6

Prefix, and IPv6 Gateway. After modifying the network parameters, click "Save" to validate the change made to the parameters.

NOTE:

After changing the IP Address, you will need to login again with the new IP address.

Figure 73.

Ethernet Tab

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[150]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Users Tab

You can add, edit, and delete Users. These are the Users that can log onto the controller both locally (local display access) or remotely using the Web Interface.

Figure 74.

Users Tab

Adding a User

1.

Enter the User’s Name in the “User Name” field (8 characters maximum; the valid characters are 0-9, a-z, A-Z, and _).

2.

Select the privilege of the User from those listed in the "Privilege" drop-down list box. See "User Privilege Level" below for a description.

3.

Enter an E-Mail address for this User.

4.

Enter a password for this User in the "Password" field (13 characters maximum; the valid characters are 0-9, a-z, A-Z, and _).

Passwords must be at least six (6) characters long.

5.

Re-enter the password for this User in the "Confirm" field.

6.

Click the "Add" button to add the User.

NOTE:

To reset the form (i.e. to start over) and erase all information entered, click on the “Reset” button.

Modifying an Existing User

1.

Select the User to be modified from those listed in the "User Information” list.

2.

Modify the parameters of this User in the "User Name", "Privilege ", “E-Mail”, and/or "Password" field.

3.

Click the "Modify" button to modify the parameters of this User.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[151]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

NOTE:

To reset the form (i.e. to start over) and erase all information entered, click on the “Reset” button.

Deleting a User

1.

Select the User to be deleted from those listed in the "User Information" list.

2.

Click the "Delete" button to delete this User.

User Privilege Levels

A User is assigned one of the following "Privilege Levels".

Each Privilege Level gives a User access to specific menus. A User has access to his/her level menus, plus all menus of the lesser privilege levels.

Table 6.

User Privilege Levels

Access Level

(Privilege Level)

Level A (Browser)

Level B (Operator)

Level C (Engineer)

Level D (Administrator)

Default User Name and Password

none set none set none set admin, 640275

Authority

The User can only read (browse) information in the menus.

The User has access to the system "Control" menus.

The User has access to the system "Settings" menus and can download the configuration package. The User does not have access to update the OS application and modify, add, or delete

Users.

The User has full access to all menus; including update the OS application and modify, add, and delete Users.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[152]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

SNMP Tab

Configures SNMP V2 and V3 parameters.

Accepted Trap Level Parameter Description

• Accepted Trap Level: Sets SNMP V2 and V3 trap level.

Adding an Entry

1.

Enter the parameters in the parameter fields.

2.

Click the "Add" button to add the entry.

NOTE:

To reset the form (i.e. to start over) and erase all information entered, click on the “Reset” button.

Modifying an Existing Entry

1.

Select the Entry to be modified from those listed at the top of the screen.

2.

Modify the parameters.

3.

Click the "Modify" button to modify the parameters for this Entry.

NOTE:

To reset the form (i.e. to start over) and erase all information entered, click on the “Reset” button.

Deleting an Entry

1.

Select the Entry to be deleted from those listed at the top of the screen.

2.

Click the "Delete" button to delete this Entry.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[153]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

NMSV2 Configuration Description (Network Management System)

Configures SNMP Version 1 and 2 parameters.

You can configure the following parameters.

• NMS IP: The permitted IP to access the NMSV2 agent. Check the IPV6 box when entering an IPV6 address.

• Public Community: The public community string.

• Private Community: The private community string.

• Trap Enabled: Trap function enabled or disabled.

NOTE:

Only listed IP Addresses will have SNMP access.

NOTE:

To reset the form (i.e. to start over) and erase all information entered, click on the “Reset” button.

Figure 75.

SNMP - NMSV2 Configuration

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[154]

IPV6 checkbox appears once you start typing an NMS

IP. Check the IPV6 box when entering an

IPV6 address.

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

NMSV3 Configuration Description (Network Management System)

Configures SNMP Version 3 parameters.

You can configure the following parameters.

• Use Name: The permitted User to access the NMSV3 agent.

• Priv Password DES: The privacy DES password used to encrypt the data.

• Auth Password MD5: The authorization MD5 password used to encrypt the digital signature.

• Trap Enabled: Trap function enabled or disabled.

• Trap IP: The IP to which the trap is sent. Check the IPV6 box when entering an IPV6 trap address.

• Trap Security Level: The SNMP v3 data security level (NoAuthNoPriv, AuthNoPriv, or AuthPriv). o NoAuthNoPriv: SNMP messages are sent without authentication and without privacy. o AuthNoPriv: SNMP messages are sent with authentication but without privacy. o AuthPriv: SNMP messages are sent with authentication and with privacy.

NOTE:

For SNMP v3, the security level for Get and Set operations is set to “AuthPriv” and cannot be adjusted.

NOTE:

Controller must be reset after configuration of initial SNMP v3 User (Advanced Settings Menu / SW Maintenance Tab / Restore

Factory Defaults / Reboot Controller).

Figure 76.

SNMP - NMSV3 Configuration

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[155]

Check the IPV6 box when entering an IPV6 trap address.

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Language Tab

The local display and Web Interface always has an English language option. Multiple local languages are also supported. One local language option is displayed at a time with the English language option. To select another local language option to display, use the Web

Interface Language Tab.

You can select from the following local languages: German, Spanish, French, Italian, Traditional Chinese, and Simplified Chinese. Once you select a new local language, the controller is automatically rebooted to make the selected local language valid.

Figure 77.

Language Tab

Figure 78.

Selecting the Local Language for the Local Display and Web Interface Menus

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[156]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

SW Maintenance Tab

Allows you to perform software maintenance procedures.

Figure 79.

SW Maintenance Tab

Auto Config Procedure

The auto configuration feature scans the system for intelligent equipment connected to controller (such as SMDU, IB and EIB) and configures these into the controller automatically.

To start the auto configuration process, click on the "Auto Config" button.

Figure 80.

Auto Config

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[157]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Restore Factory Default Configuration Procedure

See also “Restoring Factory Default Configuration” on page 29.

This procedure is typically used to restore any changes made to any settings, relay assignments, alarm severities, or signal names. This file is not shipped with the system. There are one or two steps required to restore your NCU as shipped.

• One step to restore the factory default configuration (required only if you made any changes to relay assignments, alarm severities, or signal names).

• One step to reload the "SettingParam.run" file (required only if you made any setting changes like float / equalize voltage or alarm thresholds).

Your system may have been configured for specific options at the factory which creates a “SettingParam.run” file. Restoring the factory default configuration returns the system to the settings of the default configuration. These are the settings before specific options may have been configured by the factory. To restore the system to the settings as shipped, after restoring the factory default configuration, you must reload the factory “SettingParam.run” file.

NOTE:

If a system was shipped with factory modified settings, the system may be supplied with a USB memory device that contains a

“SettingParam.run” file as shipped. If provided, the “SettingParam.run” file has a seven-digit UIN (Unique Identification Number) preceding the “SettingParam.run” filename. The UIN identifies a “SettingParam.run” file for use with a specific system. This file can be

used to restore your system to the configuration as shipped. Refer to “Reloading a Backed-Up NCU Configuration” on page 29 to reload

the supplied “SettingParam.run” file.

Procedure

Alert

ALERT! When this procedure is performed, the controller’s existing configuration and parameter settings will be lost. The

“SettingParam.run” file is deleted. Before restoring the factory default configuration, if you have made changes to any setting save the “SettingParam.run” file or if you have made any name changes, relay assignments, or alarm severities save the

configuration package (see “Backing Up the NCU Configuration” on page 28).

AFTER PERFORMING THIS PROCEDURE, RELOAD THE “SETTINGPARAM.RUN” FILE AND CONFIGURATION PACKAGE, IF REQUIRED.

1.

Click on the “Restore Defaults” button.

2.

Click “OK” to confirm to overwrite the existing configuration package in memory with the stored configuration package.

The controller will automatically reboot. All settings WILL BE restored to the defaults of the stored configuration package.

NOTE:

After rebooting, you must exit your browser and re-login to see any changes made.

Figure 81.

Restore Factory Defaults

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[158]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Retrieve Setting Param.run Procedure

See also “Backing Up the NCU Configuration” on page 28.

A file named “SettingParam.run” is automatically created/appended by the controller whenever a User (or the factory at the time of shipment) makes changes to any parameter settings via the local display or Web Interface. This file contains changes made to alarm setpoints and other settings such as float / equalize voltage, etc. This file can be saved to your computer so you can restore any custom settings you may have made.

NOTE:

It is strongly recommended that you save a copy of the SettingParam.run file whenever you customize any parameter settings.

Then, if you ever replace the controller or perform a "Restore Defaults" procedure, you can restore your customized settings by downloading the previously saved SettingParam.run file back into the controller.

Prior to changing settings, ensure the current configuration package and "SettingParam.run" files are backed up. After making changes, create new backup files.

Procedure

1.

Click on the “Retrieve File” button to save the file named "SettingParam.run" to your computer. Select where you want the file to be copied to on your computer.

NOTE:

Ensure Internet Explorer security settings are set to enable a file to be copied to your computer.

To aid in file management, you may change the name of the “SettingParam.run” file to differentiate it from other "SettingParam.run" files saved. The new name can use alpha and numeric characters preceding the original “SettingParam.run” name (the end of the new file name must always be “SettingParam.run”; for example, an acceptable filename would be “seville4SettingParam.run”).

Figure 82.

Retrieve SettingParam.run

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[159]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Upload/Download Procedure

See also “Backing Up the NCU Configuration” on page 28, “Reloading a Backed-Up NCU Configuration” on page 29, and “Upgrading the

NCU Using an Application ("All") Package” on page 29.

You can download (from your computer into the controller) a configuration package, application ("All") package, language package

(filename of each has a tar or tar.gz extension), or “SettingParam.run file”.

You can upload (from the controller to your computer) a configuration package or language package.

Procedure

1.

To upload or download a file, you need to shut down the controller first. When you select the SW Maintenance Tab, click on the

“Stop Controller” button.

Figure 83.

Upload/Download - Stop Controller

2.

The following window opens.

Figure 84.

Upload/Download --Controller Stopped

3.

Click "OK".

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[160]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

4.

The following window opens.

Figure 85.

Upload/Download File

ALERT! Never navigate from this Web page without first clicking on "Start Controller". If you do, you will not have Web access.

A manual system reset is required to restore Web access.

Alert

5.

To download (from your computer into the controller) a configuration package, application ("All") package, language package, or a "SettingParam.run" file; click the "Browse..." button and navigate to the folder where the file to download is located. Select the file to be downloaded and then click the "Download to Controller" button. Click "Start Controller" to restart the controller with the downloaded file installed.

To upload a file to your computer, select "Configuration Package" or "Language Package" from the "File in Controller" drop-down list box, and click on the "Upload to Computer" button to save the file to your computer. Select where you want the file to be copied to on your computer. Click "Start Controller" to restart the Controller.

ALERT! A configuration package can only be downloaded to a controller with the same software version the file was created from. This file is NOT forward compatible.

Alert

NOTE:

Ensure Internet Explorer security settings are set to enable a file to be copied to your computer.

NOTE:

A Configuration Package is a package of files containing all the default parameter settings and any User changes to alarm severity levels, relay assignments, and signal names.

NOTE:

An Application “All” package file has both the application (software) and configuration package and is usually supplied for an application upgrade.

NOTE:

A Language Package is a package of files containing all the default names of the parameters in two languages. Typically these would be in English and Chinese. The language package cannot be changed by the User. Consult Emerson if a different language package is required.

NOTE:

A file named “SettingParam.run” is automatically created/appended by the Controller whenever a User (or the factory at the time of shipment) makes changes to any parameter settings via the local display or Web Interface.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[161]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Alarms Tab

NOTE:

This list is dynamic and will only show you the equipment that you have in your system.

• Allows you to define the alarm level for each alarm.

• Allows you to map alarms to the alarm relays.

Figure 86.

Alarms Tab

Procedure

1.

Select the equipment type to display the alarms associated to it. Also displayed is the alarm level and alarm relay number assigned to this alarm.

2.

To modify the alarm level and/or alarm relay number, click on the “Modify” button for that alarm signal.

3.

The following window opens. Select the New Alarm Level and/or New Relay Number and click on “Set”.

“None” means there is no related relay number.

Figure 87.

Setting Alarm Level / Relay Number

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[162]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

DI Alarms Tabs

• Allows you to change the digital input alarm signal full name (name displayed in the Web Interface menus).

• Allows you to change the digital input alarm signal abbreviation name (name displayed in the local display menus).

• Allows you to define the alarm level for each digital input alarm.

• Allows you to map the digital input alarms to the alarm relays.

• Allows you to set the alarm state for the digital inputs (high or low).

Figure 88. DI Alarm Tab

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[163]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Procedure

1.

To modify the digital input alarm parameters, click on the “Modify” button for that digital input alarm signal.

2.

The following window opens.

Figure 89.

Setting DI Alarm

3.

Change the following parameters as desired and click on “Set”.

• Signal Full Name: Name displayed in the Web Interface menus.

• Signal Abbr Name: Name displayed in the local display menus.

• New Alarm Level: Alarm level for this digital input alarm.

• New Relay Number: Select a relay number to map to this digital input alarm.

“None” means there is no related relay number.

• New Alarm State: Select high or low to set the alarm state for the digital input.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[164]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Alarm Report Tab

• In the SMTP section, you can set the Alarm Report Feature and part of the Forget Password Feature (you must also set an E-Mail address in the User tab for the Forget Password feature).

• In the SMS section, you can set cell phone number for receiving alarm reports and the alarm report level.

NOTE:

A GSM modem must be connected to the USB port of the NCU for SMS functionality.

Figure 90.

Alarm Report Tab

Alarm Report Feature

Set the following parameters.

• Email To: Valid email recipient to receive alarm reports.

• Server IP: IPV4 Server address. Obtain from your IT department.

• Server Port: Server port. Obtain from your IT department.

• Email From: The NCU or Site email address. Will be displayed in the email from field of the received email.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[165]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• Privilege: Select Enabled (if email authentication is required) or Disabled as required (see your IT department). When enabled, set the following parameters. o SMTP Account: SMTP account number. Obtain from your IT department. o SMTP Password: SMTP password. Obtain from your IT department.

• Alarm Report Level: Select the level of alarm reports you want to receive.

Forget Password Feature

Set the following parameters. Also set an E-Mail address in the User tab. This is the email the password will be sent to.

• Email To: Any valid email recipient. This can be the same email address set in the User tab if not also using the alarm report feature.

• Server IP: IPV4 Server address. Obtain from your IT department.

• Server Port: Server port. Obtain from your IT department.

• Email From: The NCU or Site email address. Will be displayed in the email from field of the received email.

• Privilege: Select Enabled (if email authentication is required) or Disabled as required (see your IT department). When enabled, set the following parameters. o SMTP Account: SMTP account number. Obtain from your IT department. o SMTP Password: SMTP password. Obtain from your IT department.

• Alarm Report Level: If you only want to use the Forgot Password Feature, set the Alarm Report Level to None.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[166]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Generator Tab

If you have a special configuration with this feature, you can set the various generator related parameters.

Figure 91.

Generator Tab

Changing Programmable Parameters in the Generator Tab

To change a programmable parameter, select or enter a new value for the parameter then click on “Set” to change the value.

Generator Tab Programmable Parameter Descriptions

Hybrid Mode: Refer to “Hybrid Control Function (Supporting Generator, Solar and Wind Energy Input, and Optimization)” on page 8 for more information on the Hybrid Mode.

o Disabled, Capacity, or Fixed Daily: Sets the Hybrid Mode or disables the function.

• DG Used for Hybrid: Sets the diesel generator(s) to be utilized.

• DOD: Sets the Depth of Discharge (DOD).

• Equalizing Start Time: Sets the start time for equalizing.

• Start Discharge Time: Sets the start time for discharge.

• Discharge Duration: Sets the discharge duration.

• Hybrid High Load Setting: Sets the hybrid high load point.

• DG Run at High Temp: Enables or disables diesel generator operation in the high temperature condition.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[167]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

• DG Run Time at High Temp: Sets the diesel generator run time in the high temperature condition.

• DI for Grid: Sets the digital input monitoring the grid.

• Diesel Alarm Delay: Sets diesel alarm delay.

• Fail Safe Mode (Hybrid): Tells the controller the fail safe mode of the relay contacts connected to start the generator(s) (either normally open or normally close).

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[168]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Shunt Tab

You can set shunt current and shunt voltage for batteries. Enter value and click on SET.

Figure 92.

Shunt Tab

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[169]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Power Split Tab

You can configure the advanced power split parameters and associated digital input signals. Refer to “Power Split Feature” on page 6

and “Power Split Feature” on page 30 for more information on the Power Split feature.

Figure 93.

Power Split Tab

Figure 94. Power Split Settings

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[170]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Procedure

1.

Select the power split mode (enabled or disabled). Click on SET.

Procedure

If low voltage disconnect functions are to be used in a power split configuration, they must be implemented in the existing power system and signals from its control unit must be connected to the NCU.

1.

For LVD1, LVD2, and/or LVD3; click on the “Modify” button and select the NCU digital inputs connected to the low voltage disconnect control circuits.

Procedure

If the battery test function is to be used in a power split configuration, battery test must be implemented in the existing power system and a test signal from its control unit must be connected to the NCU.

1.

For BATTERY_TEST, click on the “Modify” button and select the NCU digital input connected to the existing systems battery test control circuit.

Procedure

If the equalize charge function is to be used in a power split configuration, equalize charge must be implemented in the existing power system and an equalizing signal from its control unit must be connected to the NCU.

1.

For EQUALIZE_CHARGE, click on the “Modify” button and select the NCU digital input connected to the existing systems equalize control circuit.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[171]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Monitor Protocol Tab

You can select "EEM", "YDN23", or "Modbus" as the protocol. To make the new protocol valid, click the “Valid after Restart" button.

Figure 95.

Monitor Protocol Tab

Figure 96.

Valid after Restart

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[172]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

EEM Protocol

You can set EEM protocol parameters.

Figure 97.

EEM Protocol

YDN23 Protocol

You can set YDN23 protocol parameters.

Figure 98.

YDN23 Protocol

Modbus Protocol

You can set Modbus protocol parameters.

Figure 99.

Modbus Protocol

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[173]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Clear Data Tab

Select the data log to be cleared from those listed in the drop-down list box. Click on the “Clear” button to clear the corresponding data.

Figure 100.

Clear Data

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[174]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Accessing the Controller via a Network

Management System (NMS)

General

The controller has an SNMP agent function.

Users can use a Network Management System (NMS) to perform the following operations:

Query the operation status and input/output signals of the devices connected to the controller.

Browse the active alarms.

When the controller generates alarms, the SNMP agent can be configured to notify the NMS through TRAPS automatically.

NMS Supported by SNMP Agent

SNMP is a technology used for network management. The technology is based on implementing an information base called

MIB (Managed Information Base). This MIB contains parameters that are of interest from a management perspective. All LAN connected equipment that supports SNMP also supports a default

MIB called MIB-II.

The SNMP Agent responds to requests received via the SNMP protocol and also actively sends TRAPS to a specified manager when certain MIB values change state. This is used to actively inform a manager when an alarm situation is recognized.

NMS SUPPORTED BY SNMP V2

The SNMP agent of the controller supports SNMPv2.

All the NMS that supports SNMPv2c can be used to access the controller. The NMS includes HP OpenView, IBM NetView, Novell

ManageWise, SunNet Manager, and so on.

NMS SUPPORTED BY SNMP V3

The NCU has SSL and SNMP V3 function, which makes the NCU more powerful and more secure.

With SSL, you can browse/set the Webpage with https. Data is encrypted in the transmission. You can also browse/set the MIB library with SNMP v3. Data is also encrypted in the transmission.

Use HTTPS here.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[175]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

PARAMETER SETTING IN SNMP MANAGER

The User permitted to access the agent.

The get/set data security level

(NoAuthNoPriv, AuthNoPriv, or

AuthPriv).

The private DES password used to encrypt the data.

The authorization MD5 password used to encrypt the digital signature.

MIB Installation

INSTALLATION

The Controller’s MIB is named "Netsure-NCU.mib". Contact your

Emerson representative for the location on the Web to download the MIB file.

Use the MIB loading function of the NMS to load the MIB database.

Refer to the User Manual provided with the NMS for the detailed loading method.

CONTENTS OF THE CONTROLLER’S MIB

The contents of the MIB supported by the controller's SNMP agent

and the OID are listed in Table 7 . For the details, refer to the MIB

file named "Netsure-NCU.mib".

Accessing the Controller through an NMS

APPLY ADMINISTRATIVE PRIVILEGE

In order to use the NMS to manage the devices connected to the controller, the administrative authority needs to be applied for the

NMS, that is, add the NMS information to the access list of SNMP agent.

Add NMS through Web Browser

Refer to “NMSV2 Configuration Description (Network

Management System)” on page 154 and “NMSV3 Configuration

Description (Network Management System)” on page 155 for the

method of adding NMS.

ESR Configure

The EEM Protocol is used for communication between the Main

Computer and the controller. The Main Computer is the computer superior to the NCU (the client of the NCU). On this page, all parameters needed for communication with a main EEM computer are to be set.

User Information Configuration: On this page, Users, their privilege and password are configured.

Time Synchronization: On this page, the system time and date are to be set.

Automatic time synchronization from time servers can also be configured.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[176]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 7. Contents of the Controller’s MIB

Table 7

Ident Group

identManufacturer identModel identControllerFirmwareVersion identName identSNMPCfgVer identControllerSerialNumber

System Group

The name of the equipment manufacturer.

The manufacturers model designation of the power system.

The firmware (software) version of the controller.

The name of the power plant. This object should be set by the administrator.

SNMP configuration version.

Controller serial number. systemStatus

Status of the complete plant (highest alarm). One of...

(1) unknown - status has not yet been defined

(2) normal - there are no activated alarms

(3) warning - OA, lowest level of 'abnormal' status

(4) minor - A3

(5) major - MA

(6) critical - CA, highest level of 'abnormal' status

(7) unmanaged

(8) restricted

(9) testing

(10) disabled

System voltage, stored as mV.

System current, stored as mA.

Used capacity, stored as percentage of the total capacity. systemVoltage systemCurrent systemUsedCapacity

psBattery Group

psBatteryVoltage psTotalBatteryCurrent psBatteryCapacity psBatteryNominalCapacity

Battery Table

psBatteryTable

Battery voltage, stored as mV.

Battery current, stored as mA.

Calculated capacity, stored as % of the total capacity.

Nominal installed capacity, stored as mAh.

Battery table.

R

R

R

R/W

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[177]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 7

psBatteryEntry psBatteryIndex psBatteryCurrent psBatteryName

psInput Group

psInputLineAVoltage psInputLineBVoltage psInputLineCVoltage

psTemperature Group

psTemperature1 psTemperature2

Temperature Table

psTemperatureTable psTemperatureEntry psTemperatureIndex psTemperatureMeasurement psTemperatureName psTemperatureType psTemperatureAlarmStatus psStatusCommunication

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

Battery measurement table entry.

Automatically generated index object.

Battery current in amps.

Battery shunt name.

The AC line A voltage, stored as mV.

The AC line B voltage, stored as mV.

The AC line C voltage, stored as mV.

The first route temperature, stored as 0.001 Celsius degree.

The second route temperature, stored as 0.001 Celsius degree.

Temperature measurement table.

Temperature measurement table entry.

Temperature probe number.

Temperature value in centigrade.

Configured temperature probe name.

Temperature Probe Type.

(1) none

(2) ambient

(3) battery

Temperature Probe Alarm Status.

(1) high

(2) low

(3) fail

(4) none

The status of communication with the Power System.

(1) unknown

(2) normal

(3) interrupt indicates some errors occurred between Power System and agent

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

[178]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 7

Battery Mode

psStatusBatteryMode

The status of battery modes.

(1) unknown

(2) FloatCharging

(3) ShortTest

(4) EqualizeChargingForTest

(5) ManualTesting

(6) PlanTesting

(7) ACFailTesting

(8) ACFail

(9) ManualEqualizeCharging

(10) AutoEqualizeCharging

(11) CyclicEqualizeCharging

(12) PowerSplitEqualizeCharging

(13) PowerSplitBatteryTesting

SM Series Group

psSMACNumber psSMBATNumber psSMIONumber

The number of SM AC module.

The number of SM BAT module.

The number of SM IO module.

Rectifier Group

psNumberOfInstalledRectifiers Number of rectifiers. psNumberOfRectifiersCommunicating Number of rectifiers communicating. psRectifiersUsedCapacity Used capacity, stored as % of the total capacity.

Rectifier Table

psRectifierTable psRectifierEntry psRectifierIndex

PsRectifierProductNumber

PsRectifierHWVersion psRectifierSWVersion psRectifierSerialNumber psRectifierCurrent

Table holding information about individual rectifier.

An entry (conceptual row) in the rectifier info table.

Automatically generated index object.

Rectifier product number.

Rectifier hardware revision.

Rectifier software revision.

Rectifier serial number.

Rectifier current.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[179]

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 7

psRectifierIdent psRectifierFail

Rectifier physical location identifier.

The type of alarm change. One of…

(1) Activated

(2) Deactivated

The Distribution

psTotalLoadCurrent

Distribution Load Table

psDistributionLoadTable psDistributionLoadEntry psDistributionLoadIndex psDistributionLoadCurrent psDistributionLoadName

Distribution General Table

Total load current, stored as integer.

Table of shunts configured as loads.

Distribution measurement table entry

Automatically generated index object.

Distribution current in amps.

Distribution name. psDistributionGeneralTable psDistributionGeneralEntry psDistributionGeneralIndex psDistributionGeneralCurrent psDistributionGeneralName

Converter Group

Table of non-load shunts.

Distribution measurement table entry.

Automatically generated index object.

Distribution current in amps.

Distribution name. numberOfInstalledConverters Number of converters. numberOfConvertersCommunicating Number of converters communicating. convertersUsedCapacity Used capacity, stored as % of the total capacity. psConverterVoltage psTotalConverterCurrent

Converter voltage in mV.

Total converter current in amps.

Converter Table

psConverterTable psConverterEntry

Table holding information about individual converters.

An entry (conceptual row) in the converter info table.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[180]

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 7

psConverterIndex psConverterProductNumber psConverterHWVersion psConverterSWVersion psConverterSerialNumber psConverterCurrent psConverterIdent psConverterFail

Automatically generated index object.

Converter product number.

Converter hardware revision.

Converter software revision.

Converter serial number.

Converter current.

Converter physical location identifier.

The type of alarm change.

(1) activated

(2) deactivated

Control Group

controlBatteryTest controlRelay8 controlRelay7 controlRelay6 controlRelayTest

Equipment Signal Table

psEquipmentSignalTable equipmentSignalTableEntry psEquipmentSignalTableEntryIndex psEquipmentSignalValue

Alarm Trap Counter

alarmLastTrapNo

Alarm Trap Table

alarmActiveAlarmTable activeAlarmEntry alarmIndex

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

Control battery test, start (1), stop (0).

Control relay8, close (1), open (0).

Control relay7, close (1), open (0).

Control relay6, close (1), open (0).

Control relay test, start (1), stop (0).

Table of indexed equipment signal values.

An entry (conceptual row) in the equipment signal table.

The unique sequence number of this equipment signal.

Indexed equipment signal value.

The sequence number of last submitted alarm trap, also last row in alarmTrapTable.

Table holding information about the currently active alarms.

An entry (conceptual row) in the alarm trap table.

The unique sequence number of this alarm trap.

[181]

R

R

R

R

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 7

alarmTime alarmStatusChange alarmSeverity alarmDescription alarmType

Event Traps

alarmTrap alarmActiveTrap

Date and time when event occurred (local time), including timezone if supported by controller.

The type of alarm change. One of...

(1) activated

(2) deactivated

The severity of the alarm. One of...

(1) warning - OA, lowest level of alarm severity

(2) minor - A3

(3) major - MA

(4) critical - CA, highest level of alarm severity

Free-text description of alarm.

Alarm type, i.e. an integer specifying the type of alarm.

An alarm trap is sent when an alarm occurs (activated) or returns to normal state

(deactivated). Alarm traps are logged in alarmTrapTable. Variables in this trap:

* alarmIndex

The unique sequence number of this alarm trap.

* alarmTime

Date and time when event occurred (local time), including timezone if supported by controller.

* alarmStatusChange

(1) activated or (2) deactivated.

* alarmSeverity

Integer describing the severity of the alarm.

* alarmDescription

Free-text description of alarm.

* alarmType

Integer indicating type of alarm.

An alarm trap is sent when an alarm occurs (activated). Variables in this trap:

* alarmTime

Date and time when event occurred (local time), including timezone if supported by controller.

* alarmSeverity

Integer describing the severity of the alarm.

* alarmDescription

Free-text description of alarm.

* alarmType

Integer indicating type of alarm.

--

--

R

R

R

R

R

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[182]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Table 7

alarmCeaseTrap

An alarm trap is sent when an alarm returns to normal state (clear, deactivated).

Variables in this trap:

* alarmTime

Date and time when event occurred (local time), including timezone if supported by controller.

* alarmSeverity

Integer describing the severity of the alarm.

* alarmDescription

Free-text description of alarm.

* alarmType

Integer indicating type of alarm.

In Table 7 , R means OID is read-only (GET), and R/W means OID can be read and modified (GET/SET).

--

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[183]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Replacement Procedures

NCU Replacement

Danger

DANGER! Follow all “Important Safety Instructions” found in the documentation provided with the system the NCU Controller is installed in.

Alert

ALERT!

NCU CONTROLLER HANDLING.

Installation or removal of the NCU Controller requires careful handling. To avoid possibility of NCU Controller damage from static discharge, a static wrist strap grounded through a one megohm resistor should always be worn when handling the NCU Controller. ESD-protective packaging material must also be used when

carrying/shipping the NCU Controller.

NOTE:

Depending on your network security settings, when you remove a device that is connected to your network and assign the same IP address to the replacement device, you may not be allowed to communicate with the replacement device over the network. Contact your network administrator for assistance.

The NCU is hot swappable. It can be removed and installed with the system operating and without affecting the output bus.

Procedure

1.

Before performing this procedure, ensure the replacement NCU contains the same configuration file as the existing NCU. Refer to the Configuration File Part

Number Label on the side of the replacement NCU for the

Configuration Part Number (see Figure 101 ). If the

existing controller is operational, navigate the menus to view its configuration file (MAIN SCREEN / ESC).

Figure 101.

NCU Configuration Label Location

2.

Performing this procedure may activate external alarms.

Do one of the following. If possible, disable these alarms.

If these alarms cannot be easily disabled, notify the appropriate personnel to disregard any future alarms associated with this system while this procedure is being performed.

3.

Connect an approved grounding strap to your wrist.

Attach the other end to a suitable ground.

4.

Loosen the captive fastener securing the latch mechanism to the front of the NCU to be replaced. Pull the latch mechanism away from the NCU (this will retract the latch mechanism located on the bottom of the NCU).

This unlocks the NCU from the shelf. Refer to Figure 102 .

5.

Slide the NCU Controller completely from the shelf.

6.

Loosen the captive fastener securing the latch mechanism to the front of the replacement NCU. Pull the latch mechanism away from the NCU (this will retract the latch mechanism located on the bottom of the NCU).

7.

Slide the NCU completely into its mounting position.

8.

Push the latch mechanism into the front panel of the

NCU, and secure by tightening the captive fastener. This locks the NCU securely to the shelf.

9.

Wait for the controller to finish booting and verify that the complete system operates normally.

10.

Enable the external alarms, or notify appropriate personnel that this procedure is finished.

11.

Ensure that there are no local or remote alarms active on the system.

Figure 102.

Latch Mechanism on the NCU

M830B

Captive

Fastener

Latch

Mechanism

Configuration File

Part Number Label

M830D

M830B

Configuration File

Part Number Label

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

M830D

[184]

ESC ENT

Captive

Fastener

Latch

Mechanism

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

NCU Digital Input and Relay Output Connections

NCU Digital Input Connections

The NCU provides four (4) digital inputs for alarms/events. Screw-pressure type connections are provided. Wire size range is 28 AWG to

16 AWG. Recommended torque for these connections is 0.19 N-m (1.7 in-lbs.). Refer to Figure 103 for connector location and pin-outs.

Note that some digital inputs may be factory wired to the system.

NCU Relay Output Connections

The NCU provides four (4) sets of Form-C alarm relay dry contact outputs for connection of remote alarms. Relay contacts are rated for

60 W: 2 A @ 30 VDC or 1 A @ 60 VDC. Screw-pressure type connections are provided. Wire size range is 28 AWG to16 AWG.

Recommended torque for these connections is 0.19 N-m (1.7 in-lbs.). Refer to Figure 103 for connector location and pin-outs.

Each relay is user configurable for alarm conditions. Alarm relay contacts can be connected to other monitoring equipment.

Note that some relay outputs may be factory wired to the system.

IB2 (Controller Interface Board) and EIB (Controller Extended Interface Board)

An IB2 (Controller Interface Board) and/or EIB (Controller Extended Interface Board) may be connected to the NCU. The IB2 and EIB provide additional digital inputs and relay outputs. Note that some digital inputs and/or relay outputs may be factory wired to the system. Refer to your Power System documentation for IB2 and EIB connections and specifications.

Figure 103.

NCU Digital Input and Relay Output Connections

+ - + -

NO C NC NO C NC

+ - + -

NO C NC NO C NC

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

DI 1 DI 2 DO 1 DO 2 DI 3 DI 4 DO 3 DO 4

Digital

Inputs

Relay

Outputs

Digital

Inputs

Relay

Outputs

In the local display and Web pages, digital inputs are referred to as DI9 through DI12 and relay outputs are referred to as Relay 14 through Relay 17.

[185]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

Specifications

Input Voltage Range: 19 VDC to 60 VDC.

Power Consumption, Maximum: 18 W.

Operating Temperature Range: -40 °C to +70 °C (-40 °F to +158 °F).

Relative Humidity: Capable of operating in an ambient relative humidity range of 0% to 90%, non-condensing.

Environment: The controller is recommended to be used in Pollution of Degree 2. Pollution Degree 2 applies where there is only nonconductive pollution that might temporarily become conductive due to occasional condensation (such as the office -environment).

Dimensions (H x W x D):

• Model M830B:

43.4 mm x 86 mm x 208 mm

1.65” x 3.41” x 8.33”

• Model M830D:

86.2 mm × 87 mm × 208 mm

3.41” x 3.42” x 8.33”

Weight: < 1 kg (2.2 lbs).

Front Panel Display:

• Model M830B: 128 x 160 Pixels TFT LCD

• Model M830D: 320 x 240 Pixels TFT LCD

Indicators:

• Status (Green)

• Minor Alarm (Yellow)

• Critical / Major Alarm (Red)

Local and Remote Access Passwords: Refer to “Passwords and Privilege Levels” on page 13.

Inputs and Outputs: Connection points provided on controller interface board(s) mounted in the system. Refer to your system documentation.

Factory Default Setpoints: Refer to the Configuration Drawing (C-drawing) furnished with your system for a list of factory default values.

Safety and Standards Compliance:

• Electrical: IEC 60950-1, EN 60950-1, UL 60950-1

• EMC: EN 300 386, 2001 Class B; FCC Part 15, Class B

• Environmental: CE; NEBS Level 3

• GR-3108 Class 2 Compliant

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[186]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure ™ Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

This page is intentionally blank.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

[187]

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

NetSure

Control Unit (NCU)

User Manual, UM1M830BNA

The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice and may not be suitable for all applications. While every precaution has been taken to ensure the accuracy and completeness of this document, Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems,

North America, Inc. assumes no responsibility and disclaims all liability for damages resulting from use of this information or for any errors or omissions. Refer to other local practices or building codes as applicable for the correct methods, tools, and materials to be used in performing procedures not specifically described in this document.

The products covered by this instruction manual are manufactured and/or sold by Emerson

Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. This document is the property of

Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North

America, Inc. Any copying, use or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson

Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.

Names of companies and products are trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective companies. Any questions regarding usage of trademark names should be directed to the original manufacturer.

EmersonNetworkPower.com/EnergySystems (North America)

EmersonNetworkPower.eu/EnergySystems (EMEA)

© Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. 2015.

Business-C ritical Continui ty

, Emerson Network Power

, the Emerson Netw ork Power logo, Emerson

and Conside r it Solved are serv ice marks and trademar ks of Emerson Electric Co. EnergyMaster

, eSure

, NetPer form

, NetReach

, NetSpan

, NetSure

and NetXtend

are tradema rks of Emerson

Network Power, Energy Syste ms, North America, Inc . Any other product, brand, or company names or logos are the property of the respective owner.

While every precaution has been taken to ensure accuracy and completeness herein, Emerson Electric Co. assumes no responsibility, and disclaims all liability, for damages resulting from use of this information or for any errors or omissions. Specifications subject to change without notice.

Spec. No: 1M830BNA, 1M830DNA

Model No: M830B, M830D

Code: UM1M830BNA

Revision F, July 20, 2015

Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement

Table of contents